[go: up one dir, main page]

WO2025164375A1 - Polyarylene sulfide copolymer particles and method for producing same - Google Patents

Polyarylene sulfide copolymer particles and method for producing same

Info

Publication number
WO2025164375A1
WO2025164375A1 PCT/JP2025/001393 JP2025001393W WO2025164375A1 WO 2025164375 A1 WO2025164375 A1 WO 2025164375A1 JP 2025001393 W JP2025001393 W JP 2025001393W WO 2025164375 A1 WO2025164375 A1 WO 2025164375A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
polyarylene sulfide
sulfide copolymer
group
copolymer particles
less
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Pending
Application number
PCT/JP2025/001393
Other languages
French (fr)
Japanese (ja)
Inventor
佑一郎 宮原
秀 海法
俊輔 堀内
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
Toray Industries Inc
Original Assignee
Toray Industries Inc
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Toray Industries Inc filed Critical Toray Industries Inc
Publication of WO2025164375A1 publication Critical patent/WO2025164375A1/en
Pending legal-status Critical Current
Anticipated expiration legal-status Critical

Links

Classifications

    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08JWORKING-UP; GENERAL PROCESSES OF COMPOUNDING; AFTER-TREATMENT NOT COVERED BY SUBCLASSES C08B, C08C, C08F, C08G or C08H
    • C08J3/00Processes of treating or compounding macromolecular substances
    • C08J3/02Making solutions, dispersions, lattices or gels by other methods than by solution, emulsion or suspension polymerisation techniques
    • C08J3/09Making solutions, dispersions, lattices or gels by other methods than by solution, emulsion or suspension polymerisation techniques in organic liquids
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08JWORKING-UP; GENERAL PROCESSES OF COMPOUNDING; AFTER-TREATMENT NOT COVERED BY SUBCLASSES C08B, C08C, C08F, C08G or C08H
    • C08J3/00Processes of treating or compounding macromolecular substances
    • C08J3/12Powdering or granulating
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08LCOMPOSITIONS OF MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS
    • C08L81/00Compositions of macromolecular compounds obtained by reactions forming in the main chain of the macromolecule a linkage containing sulfur with or without nitrogen, oxygen or carbon only; Compositions of polysulfones; Compositions of derivatives of such polymers
    • C08L81/02Polythioethers; Polythioether-ethers

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to polyarylene sulfide copolymer particles and a method for producing the same.
  • Polyarylene sulfides typified by polyphenylene sulfide (hereinafter sometimes abbreviated as PPS), have properties that make them ideal for engineering plastics, such as excellent heat resistance, barrier properties, moldability, chemical resistance, electrical insulation, and moist heat resistance, and are used in a variety of electrical and electronic parts, machine parts, automotive parts, films, fibers, and more, primarily for injection molding and extrusion molding. Due to their excellent properties, the range of applications for polyarylene sulfides has been expanding in recent years.
  • PPS polyphenylene sulfide
  • PPS a typical polyarylene sulfide
  • a crystalline polymer that generally has a glass transition point of 80-90°C and a melting point of 275-285°C, and is often used under high-temperature conditions due to its excellent heat resistance. It is also widely used in applications that take advantage of its excellent chemical resistance.
  • Patent Documents 1 to 3 disclose polyarylene sulfide copolymers obtained by reacting polyarylene sulfide having reactive functional groups with rigid molecules.
  • Polyarylene sulfide copolymers which have excellent chemical resistance and higher heat resistance, are generally used in injection molding, injection compression molding, blow molding, extrusion molding, etc., but by granulating polyarylene sulfide copolymers, they can be used as heat-resistant additives in the adhesive materials, paints, and polymer compounds fields, and as raw materials for three-dimensional modeling using powder bed fusion, and are expected to be useful in a wider range of applications. Furthermore, when polyarylene sulfide copolymers are blended with components selected from fillers and other additives to produce resin compositions, the use of granular polyarylene sulfide copolymers is expected to enable the efficient production of more uniform resin compositions.
  • Patent Documents 4 and 5 disclose PPS or polyarylene sulfide particles obtained by dissolving PPS or polyarylene sulfide in a solvent and precipitating the resulting solution;
  • Patent Document 6 discloses polyarylene sulfide resin powder obtained by dry-pulverizing polyarylene sulfide;
  • Patent Documents 7 and 8 disclose PPS particles obtained by adding another thermoplastic polymer to PPS, melt-kneading the mixture, and then removing the other thermoplastic polymer.
  • the polyarylene sulfide copolymers disclosed in Patent Documents 1 to 3 have high glass transition points, but the polyarylene sulfide copolymers are produced simply by heating them in a molten state in the absence of a solvent, and no polyarylene sulfide copolymer particles are obtained. Furthermore, while there is a description of producing polyarylene sulfide copolymers in the presence of a solvent, there is no description of particles or specific production methods.
  • Patent Document 3 describes a method of using powdered polyarylene sulfide copolymer as a method of producing a fiber-reinforced polyarylene sulfide copolymer composite substrate, but there is no description of a specific method of obtaining powdered polyarylene sulfide copolymer or a method of producing a composite substrate using powdered polyarylene sulfide copolymer.
  • the PPS or polyarylene sulfide particles disclosed in Patent Documents 4 and 5 are produced by dissolving PPS or polyarylene sulfide in a solvent and precipitating it.
  • this production method is applied to polyarylene sulfide copolymers with high glass transition points, differences in solubility have been found to result in problems with reduced particle yield and reduced molecular weight of the polyarylene sulfide copolymer.
  • Patent Document 6 discloses polyarylene sulfide resin powder for thermoplastic prepregs, but the only specific method of producing the powder is dry pulverization. Resin powder obtained by dry pulverization generally has an irregular shape, low sphericity, and is characterized by poor fluidity and dispersibility. Furthermore, as with the inventions described in Patent Documents 1 to 3, the resin is in the form of pellets or chunks that are produced by heating in a molten state, which presents the problem of difficulty in granulating it by dry pulverization.
  • Patent Documents 7 and 8 produce PPS particles, but add a thermoplastic polymer other than PPS, which requires a long reaction time for decomposition to remove the thermoplastic polymer, and there is also the problem of workers being exposed to the solvent.
  • the objective of the present invention is to provide polyarylene sulfide copolymer particles that can be used to produce three-dimensional objects with high molding density and excellent surface quality, reinforced fiber composite substrates with excellent mechanical properties, and molded articles made from them.
  • Another objective of the present invention is to provide a simple and safe production method for obtaining polyarylene sulfide copolymer particles that have a high glass transition temperature and high sphericity.
  • the present invention has been made to solve at least part of the above-mentioned problems, and can be realized by providing the following contents.
  • Polyarylene sulfide copolymer particles having a median diameter D50 of 1 ⁇ m or more and 1,000 ⁇ m or less, a glass transition point of 95° C. or more and 190° C. or less when measured using a differential scanning calorimeter, and a sphericity of 80 or more and 100 or less.
  • the polyarylene sulfide copolymer particles according to 1 or 2 above which have a weight average molecular weight Mw of 30,000 or more. 4.
  • a method for producing polyarylene sulfide copolymer particles comprising: step 1 of melt-kneading a polyarylene sulfide copolymer having a glass transition temperature of 95°C or higher and 190°C or lower as measured using a differential scanning calorimeter with a water-soluble thermoplastic resin; and step 2 of removing the water-soluble thermoplastic resin by washing with water or an alcohol. 6.
  • a method for producing a reinforced fiber composite substrate comprising the steps of dispersing the polyarylene sulfide copolymer particles according to any one of 1 to 4 above in reinforcing fibers, and melting the polyarylene sulfide copolymer particles to impregnate the reinforcing fibers. 10.
  • the present invention provides polyarylene sulfide copolymer particles with a high glass transition temperature and high sphericity, as well as a simple and safe method for producing the same.
  • the polyarylene sulfide copolymer particles of the present invention can be used to obtain three-dimensional objects having high object density and excellent surface quality. Furthermore, the polyarylene sulfide copolymer particles of the present invention have excellent dispersibility when dispersed in reinforcing fibers, making it possible to obtain reinforced fiber composite substrates with excellent mechanical properties, and molded articles made thereof.
  • the lower limit of the glass transition point of the polyarylene sulfide copolymer particles is 95°C or higher, preferably 100°C or higher, and more preferably 110°C or higher. If the glass transition point is below 95°C, high rigidity cannot be obtained under high temperature conditions.
  • the upper limit of the glass transition point is 190°C or lower, preferably 180°C or lower, and more preferably 160°C or lower. If the glass transition point exceeds 190°C, the chemical resistance of the molded product will be insufficient.
  • the glass transition point is defined as the inflection point of the baseline shift detected when the polyarylene sulfide copolymer particles are heated from 0°C to 340°C at a rate of 20°C/min using a differential scanning calorimeter.
  • the molecular structure of the polyarylene sulfide copolymer that constitutes the polyarylene sulfide copolymer particles may contain rigid bonding groups such as sulfonyl groups, sulfinyl groups, ester groups, amide groups, imide groups, ether groups, urea groups, urethane groups, and siloxane groups.
  • the crystallization temperature of the polyarylene sulfide copolymer particles is preferably 150°C or higher, more preferably 160°C or higher, and even more preferably 170°C or higher. Having a lower limit for the crystallization temperature within the above range facilitates crystallization during molding and when blending components selected from fillers and other additives to produce a resin composition, which tends to result in excellent mechanical properties and chemical resistance and improved productivity. There is no particular upper limit for the crystallization temperature, but a range of 235°C or lower is typically used.
  • the crystallization temperature is the peak crystallization temperature detected when the polyarylene sulfide copolymer particles are heated from 0°C to 340°C at a rate of 20°C/min using a differential scanning calorimeter, then held at 340°C for 1 minute, and then cooled to 100°C at a rate of 20°C/min.
  • the polyarylene sulfide copolymer particles preferably have a melting point of 300°C or less, more preferably 270°C or less, and even more preferably 260°C or less. Having an upper melting point within the above range facilitates melt molding processing. Furthermore, a melting point of 200°C or more is preferable, and a melting point of 220°C or more is even more preferable. Having a lower melting point within the above range is preferable because sufficient heat resistance is obtained when three-dimensional objects, reinforced fiber composite substrates, and molded articles made therefrom are obtained.
  • the melting point is the melting peak temperature detected when the polyarylene sulfide copolymer particles are heated from 0°C to 340°C using a differential scanning calorimeter at a rate of 20°C/min, held at 340°C for 1 minute, cooled to 100°C at a rate of 20°C/min, held at 100°C for 1 minute, and then heated again to 340°C at a rate of 20°C/min.
  • the polyarylene sulfide copolymer that forms the polyarylene sulfide copolymer particles is a copolymer containing 70 mol% or more of arylene sulfide units, preferably 80 mol% or more.
  • the arylene sulfide unit is a repeating unit represented by the formula -(Ar-S)-.
  • Ar can be a unit selected from the units represented by the following formulas (I) to (XI). Of these, the unit represented by formula (I) is particularly preferred.
  • R 1 and R 2 are substituents selected from hydrogen, alkyl groups having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, alkoxy groups having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, aryl groups having 6 to 24 carbon atoms, halogen groups, and reactive functional groups, and R 1 and R 2 may be the same or different.
  • branching units or crosslinking units represented by the following formulas (XII) to (XIV) may also be contained.
  • the copolymerization amount of these branching units or crosslinking units is preferably in the range of 0 to 1 mol % per mole of -(Ar-S)- units.
  • Ar is a unit selected from the units represented by formulas (I) to (XI).
  • the arylene sulfide unit may be a random copolymer, a block copolymer, or a mixture thereof containing the above repeating units.
  • polyphenylene sulfide polyphenylene sulfide sulfone, polyphenylene sulfide ketone, their random copolymers, block copolymers, and mixtures thereof.
  • Particularly preferred polyarylene sulfides contain p-phenylene sulfide units represented by the following formula (XV) as the main structural unit of the polymer.
  • Examples include polyphenylene sulfides containing 80 mol % or more, particularly 90 mol % or more.
  • the lower limit of the number average molecular weight Mn of the arylene sulfide units in the polyarylene sulfide copolymer that forms the polyarylene sulfide copolymer particles is preferably 1,000 or more, more preferably 1,500 or more, and even more preferably 2,000 or more. Having the number average molecular weight of the arylene sulfide units in the above range tends to provide high chemical resistance.
  • the upper limit of the number average molecular weight of the arylene sulfide units is preferably 10,000 or less, more preferably 6,000 or less, and even more preferably 4,000 or less. Having the number average molecular weight of the arylene sulfide units in the above range tends to provide high heat resistance.
  • the number average molecular weight of the arylene sulfide units in the polyarylene sulfide copolymer refers to the number average molecular weight of the portion of the polyarylene sulfide copolymer derived from the polyarylene sulfide (A) described below.
  • the number average molecular weight of the arylene sulfide units in the polyarylene sulfide copolymer can be determined by measuring the molecular weight of the residue (corresponding to the arylene sulfide units) obtained by decomposing the linking groups of the polyarylene sulfide copolymer using the method described below.
  • a method for decomposing the linking groups known methods depending on the type of linking group can be used.
  • the linking group is an imide group
  • a method of decomposing polyimide can be used.
  • the bonding groups can be decomposed by treating the polyarylene sulfide copolymer in an aqueous sodium hydroxide solution as described in JP 2006-124530 A, or by reacting the polyarylene sulfide copolymer in the presence of water or alcohol at high temperatures and pressures of 110°C or higher and 1 MPa or higher as described in JP 2001-163973 A.
  • the weight average molecular weight and number average molecular weight can be determined, for example, using SEC (size exclusion chromatography) equipped with a differential refractive index detector.
  • the polyarylene sulfide copolymer that forms the polyarylene sulfide copolymer particles contains, in addition to arylene sulfide units, structures derived from the copolymerization components.
  • structures derived from the copolymerization components contained in the polyarylene sulfide copolymer include structures containing aromatic rings. Structures selected from the structures represented by formulas (a) to (s) above are preferred, and structures selected from the structures represented by formulas (a) to (e), (i), and (j) above are more preferred, with the structure represented by formula (i) being particularly preferred. The inclusion of these structures tends to result in sufficient mechanical properties, chemical resistance, and rigidity at high temperatures.
  • R 3 , R 4 , and R 5 are substituents selected from hydrogen, alkyl groups having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, arylene groups having 6 to 24 carbon atoms, and halogen groups, and R 3 , R 4 , and R 5 may be the same or different.
  • the arylene sulfide units and copolymerization components may be linked via a structure other than each repeating unit, or the end groups derived from the repeating units may be directly linked to each other.
  • the arylene sulfide units and copolymerization components are preferably linked via at least one bonding group selected from sulfonyl groups, sulfinyl groups, ester groups, amide groups, imide groups, ether groups, urea groups, urethane groups, and siloxane groups. Of these, linking via an imide group is more preferred. Linking via an imide group tends to exhibit higher rigidity at high temperatures.
  • the lower limit of the amount of linking groups connecting the arylene sulfide units and copolymerization components is preferably 1 mol% or more, more preferably 2 mol% or more, and even more preferably 4 mol% or more, relative to the sulfur atoms contained in the polyarylene sulfide copolymer.
  • the upper limit of the amount of linking groups is preferably 60 mol% or less, more preferably 40 mol% or less, even more preferably 30 mol% or less, and even more preferably 20 mol% or less.
  • the amount of linking groups can be calculated using the amount of functional groups contained in the polyarylene sulfide (A) and the amount of functional groups contained in the compound (B), which are described below and are used in the production of the polyarylene sulfide copolymer, or it can be determined by measuring the FT-IR spectrum or NMR spectrum of the polyarylene sulfide copolymer particles.
  • the lower limit of the weight-average molecular weight of the polyarylene sulfide copolymer contained in the polyarylene sulfide copolymer particles is preferably 30,000 or more, more preferably 40,000 or more, and even more preferably 50,000 or more. If the weight-average molecular weight is less than 30,000, the mechanical properties of the polyarylene sulfide copolymer particles tend to be poor. There is no particular upper limit to the weight-average molecular weight, but preferred examples include 200,000 or less, more preferably 150,000 or less, and even more preferably 100,000 or less. When the upper limit of the weight-average molecular weight is within the above range, the polyarylene sulfide copolymer particles tend to have excellent moldability.
  • the weight-average molecular weight can be determined, for example, using SEC (size exclusion chromatography) using a differential refractive index detector.
  • the lower limit of the median diameter D50 of the polyarylene sulfide copolymer particles is 1 ⁇ m or more. If D50 is less than 1 ⁇ m, the bulk density will be small, reducing handleability, and the particles will be so fine that they tend to adhere to a recoater, for example, during three-dimensional modeling, reducing handleability.
  • the upper limit of D50 is 1000 ⁇ m. D50 is preferably 150 ⁇ m or less, more preferably 100 ⁇ m or less, even more preferably 70 ⁇ m or less, and most preferably 50 ⁇ m or less. If D50 exceeds 1000 ⁇ m, the particle size will exceed the stack height during three-dimensional modeling, resulting in a rough surface.
  • D50 is preferably 150 ⁇ m or less.
  • the median diameter D50 is the particle size at which the cumulative frequency from the small particle size side of the particle size distribution measured with a laser diffraction particle size distribution analyzer is 50%.
  • Polyarylene sulfide copolymer particles having a median diameter D50 of 1000 ⁇ m or less can be produced by the production method described below.
  • the median diameter D50 can be adjusted, for example, by the type of solvent used to dissolve the polyarylene sulfide copolymer, the ratio of the polyarylene sulfide copolymer to the solvent, the cooling rate during precipitation of the polyarylene sulfide copolymer, stirring, etc.
  • the particle size distribution of polyarylene sulfide copolymer particles is preferably 10 or less, more preferably 7 or less, even more preferably 5 or less, even more preferably 4 or less, and even more preferably 3 or less.
  • the particle size distribution is expressed as D90/D10, the ratio of D90 to D10, measured using a laser diffraction particle size distribution analyzer. Theoretically, the lower limit of D90/D10 is 1.0. By keeping the upper limit of D90/D10 within the above range, differences in melting properties due to differences in particle size tend to be reduced in three-dimensional modeling and resin composition production, resulting in more homogeneous models and resin compositions.
  • D90/D10 is the particle size (D90) at which the cumulative frequency from the small particle size side of the particle size distribution measured using the laser diffraction particle size distribution analyzer described above is 90%, divided by the particle size (D10) at which the cumulative frequency from the small particle size side is 10%.
  • Polyarylene sulfide copolymer particles having a D90/D10 ratio within the above range can be produced by the production method described below. Furthermore, D90/D10 can be adjusted, for example, by the cooling rate and stirring when precipitating the polyarylene sulfide copolymer particles.
  • the sphericity which indicates the sphericity of the polyarylene sulfide copolymer particles, is 80 or more, and more preferably 90 or more. If the sphericity is less than 80, sufficient fluidity cannot be obtained during three-dimensional modeling, and the surface tends to become rough. Furthermore, when a resin composition is manufactured by blending fillers and/or other additives, it tends to be difficult to obtain a homogeneous resin composition. Furthermore, when the polyarylene sulfide copolymer particles are used as a dispersion, the viscosity of the dispersion tends to increase, making it difficult to handle. Theoretically, the upper limit of sphericity is 100, and any value below 100 is acceptable.
  • the upper limit of sphericity is preferably 99 or less.
  • the sphericity is calculated by observing the minor axis and major axis of 30 randomly selected particles in an optical microscope photograph of the polyarylene sulfide copolymer particles, and using the following formula:
  • S is the sphericity
  • n is the number of measurements
  • a i is the major axis of the i-th particle
  • b i is the minor axis of the i-th particle.
  • the number of measurements, n is 30.
  • Polyarylene sulfide copolymer particles having a sphericity within the above range can be produced by the production method described below.
  • the surface smoothness and internal solidity of polyarylene sulfide copolymer particles can be expressed by the BET specific surface area determined by gas adsorption.
  • the BET specific surface area is preferably 10 m 2 /g or less, more preferably 5 m 2 /g or less, even more preferably 3 m 2 /g or less, particularly preferably 1 m 2 /g or less, and most preferably 0.5 m 2 /g or less.
  • the lower limit is 0.05 m 2 /g when the particle diameter is 100 ⁇ m.
  • the BET specific surface area can be measured in accordance with Japanese Industrial Standards (JIS) JIS R 1626 (1996) "Method for measuring specific surface area by the gas adsorption BET method.”
  • JIS Japanese Industrial Standards
  • JIS R 1626 1996 "Method for measuring specific surface area by the gas adsorption BET method.”
  • the solidity of polyarylene sulfide copolymer particles can be evaluated by the ratio of BET specific surface area to theoretical specific surface area. The closer the ratio of BET specific surface area to theoretical specific surface area is to 1, the smoother the surface and the more solid the particles.
  • the above ratio is preferably 5 or less, more preferably 4 or less, even more preferably 3 or less, and most preferably 2 or less.
  • the lower limit is 1. Having the ratio of BET specific surface area to theoretical specific surface area in the above range is preferable because it can suppress the generation of voids when polyarylene sulfide copolymer particles are used to mold composite materials and exhibit excellent mechanical properties.
  • the theoretical specific surface area can be expressed as the ratio of the surface area to the weight of a single sphere calculated from the D50 particle size and density of the polyarylene sulfide copolymer particles, assuming that the polyarylene sulfide copolymer particles are perfectly spherical.
  • the polyarylene sulfide copolymer particles of the present invention generate a small amount of organic gas when heated and melted.
  • the polyarylene sulfide copolymer particles of the present invention can be used to obtain three-dimensional objects by lamination and melting, or to obtain reinforced fiber composite substrates with excellent mechanical properties and molded articles made therefrom by dispersing and melting the particles in reinforcing fibers. Both processes involve heating and melting the polyarylene sulfide copolymer particles, and it is preferable that the amount of organic gas is small from the perspective of preventing the incorporation of voids into the three-dimensional objects, reinforcing fiber composite substrates, and molded articles made therefrom, and from the perspective of ensuring worker safety. From the above perspectives, it is preferable that the polyarylene sulfide copolymer particles of the present invention are finally washed with water and then dried.
  • the polyarylene sulfide copolymer used in the present invention is preferably produced by a method of heating polyarylene sulfide (A) having a number average molecular weight Mn of 1,000 or more and 10,000 or less, and at least one compound (B) selected from the formulae (a') to (u') (hereinafter, may be abbreviated as compound (B)).
  • X is at least one group selected from two carboxyl groups bonded to two adjacent carbon atoms, or an acid anhydride group derived from the two carboxyl groups, an amino group, a hydroxyl group, a carboxyl group, a silanol group, a sulfonic acid group, an acetamide group, a sulfonamide group, a cyano group, an isocyanate group, an aldehyde group, an acetyl group, an epoxy group, and an alkoxysilyl group.
  • R 3 , R 4 , and R 5 are each a substituent selected from hydrogen, an alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, an arylene group having 6 to 24 carbon atoms, and a halogen group, and R 3 , R 4 , and R 5 may be the same or different.
  • the polyarylene sulfide (A) is a homopolymer or copolymer having a repeating unit represented by the formula -(Ar-S)- as a main structural unit.
  • main structural unit means that the repeating unit accounts for 70 mol % or more.
  • Ar may be any of the units represented by the above formulas (I) to (XI), with the unit represented by formula (I) being particularly preferred.
  • branching units or crosslinking units represented by the following formulas (XII) to (XIV) may also be contained.
  • the copolymerization amount of these branching units or crosslinking units is preferably in the range of 0 to 1 mol % per mole of -(Ar-S)- units.
  • Polyarylene sulfide (A) may be a random copolymer, a block copolymer, or a mixture thereof containing the above repeating units.
  • polyphenylene sulfide examples include polyphenylene sulfide, polyphenylene sulfide sulfone, polyphenylene sulfide ketone, their random copolymers, block copolymers, and mixtures thereof.
  • Particularly preferred polyarylene sulfides include polyphenylene sulfides containing p-phenylene sulfide units represented by formula (XV) above as the main structural unit of the polymer, preferably at 80 mol % or more, and particularly preferably at 90 mol % or more.
  • Polyarylene sulfide (A) contains, as a functional group, at least one functional group selected from two carboxyl groups bonded to two adjacent carbon atoms, or an acid anhydride group derived from the two carboxyl groups, an amino group, a hydroxyl group, a carboxyl group, a silanol group, a sulfonic acid group, an acetamide group, a sulfonamide group, a cyano group, an isocyanate group, an aldehyde group, an acetyl group, an epoxy group, and an alkoxysilyl group.
  • polyarylene sulfide (A) contains, as a functional group, at least one functional group selected from an amino group, two carboxyl groups bonded to two adjacent carbon atoms, and an acid anhydride group derived from the two carboxyl groups.
  • the combination of the functional group of the polyarylene sulfide (A) and the functional group of the compound (B) is preferably a combination of an amino group and an acid anhydride group, and therefore, the polyarylene sulfide (A) preferably contains an amino group and/or an acid anhydride group.
  • the functional group of the polyarylene sulfide (A) is preferably an amino group, and accordingly, the functional group of the compound (B) is preferably an acid anhydride group.
  • the position of the functional group of the polyarylene sulfide (A) may be in the main chain of the polyarylene sulfide or at the terminal, but introduction at the terminal is preferred because it is easier to control the reaction with other polymers or compounds having functional groups, and is also preferred from the viewpoint of copolymerization reaction with the compound (B) as described below.
  • the functional group is introduced at the terminal, it is preferably in the p-position relative to the S bonded to Ar.
  • polyarylene sulfides having the functional group bonded to Ar can also be exemplified as preferred embodiments.
  • the above functional group is a structure derived from compound (C) described below, and details will be provided later.
  • the lower limit of the amount of functional groups contained in the polyarylene sulfide (A) is preferably 400 ⁇ mol/g or more, more preferably 500 ⁇ mol/g or more, and even more preferably 700 ⁇ mol/g or more.
  • the amount of functional groups is equal to or greater than the above lower limit, the glass transition temperature of the resulting polyarylene sulfide copolymer tends to be sufficiently high.
  • the upper limit of the amount of functional groups is preferably 5,000 ⁇ mol/g or less, more preferably 4,000 ⁇ mol/g or less, and even more preferably 3,000 ⁇ mol/g or less.
  • the amount of functional groups is equal to or less than the above upper limit, a decrease in the chemical resistance of the polyarylene sulfide copolymer tends to be prevented when producing the polyarylene sulfide copolymer described below.
  • the functional groups are two carboxyl groups bonded to two adjacent carbon atoms, respectively, the functional groups refer to the amount of acid anhydride groups generated from the two carboxyl groups bonded to two adjacent carbon atoms, respectively.
  • the functional groups in the polyarylene sulfide can be quantified by subjecting the polyarylene sulfide to FT-IR analysis, for example, by comparing the intensity of the absorption at 3,382 cm ⁇ 1 attributable to the amino group with the absorption at 1,901 m ⁇ 1 attributable to the benzene ring, or the intensity of the absorption at 1,860 cm ⁇ 1 attributable to the acid anhydride group with the absorption at 1,901 m ⁇ 1 attributable to the benzene ring.
  • the number average molecular weight of polyarylene sulfide (A) is preferably 1,000 or more, more preferably 2,000 or more. When the number average molecular weight of polyarylene sulfide (A) is 1,000 or more, the chemical resistance of the resulting polyarylene sulfide copolymer is enhanced.
  • the upper limit of the number average molecular weight of polyarylene sulfide (A) is preferably 10,000 or less, more preferably 6,000 or less, and even more preferably 4,000 or less. When the number average molecular weight of polyarylene sulfide is 10,000 or less, the heat resistance of the resulting polyarylene sulfide copolymer is enhanced.
  • the number average molecular weight is a value calculated in terms of polystyrene using gel permeation chromatography (GPC), a type of size exclusion chromatography (SEC).
  • a method for producing polyarylene sulfide involves reacting at least a dihalogenated aromatic compound, an inorganic sulfidizing agent, and compound (C) in an organic polar solvent in the presence of an alkali metal hydroxide.
  • compound (C) is present in the reaction vessel in an amount of 0.04 mol to 0.5 mol per mol of inorganic sulfidizing agent.
  • Compound (C) will be described later.
  • polyarylene sulfide (A) when two carboxyl groups bonded to two adjacent carbon atoms or acid anhydride groups derived from these two carboxyl groups are selected as functional groups contained in polyarylene sulfide (A), employing a known method for producing polyarylene sulfide in which at least a dihalogenated aromatic compound, an inorganic sulfidizing agent, and a monohalogenated compound are reacted in an organic polar solvent in the presence of an alkali metal hydroxide is also effective from the standpoint of the reactivity of the monohalogenated compound, i.e., the ease of introducing functional groups into polyarylene sulfide (A).
  • monohalogenated compounds used here include 3-chlorophthalic acid and 4-chlorophthalic acid.
  • the inorganic sulfidizing agent used in the production method of polyarylene sulfide (A) may be any agent capable of introducing a sulfide bond into a dihalogenated aromatic compound, and examples thereof include alkali metal sulfides, alkali metal hydrosulfides, and hydrogen sulfide.
  • alkali metal sulfides include lithium sulfide, sodium sulfide, potassium sulfide, rubidium sulfide, cesium sulfide, and mixtures of two or more of these. Of these, lithium sulfide and/or sodium sulfide are preferred, with sodium sulfide being more preferred.
  • These alkali metal sulfides can be used as hydrates or aqueous mixtures, or in the anhydrous form.
  • An aqueous mixture refers to an aqueous solution, a mixture of an aqueous solution and a solid component, or a mixture of water and a solid component.
  • inexpensive alkali metal sulfides are hydrates or aqueous mixtures, so it is preferable to use alkali metal sulfides in these forms.
  • alkali metal hydrosulfides include lithium hydrosulfide, sodium hydrosulfide, potassium hydrosulfide, rubidium hydrosulfide, cesium hydrosulfide, and mixtures of two or more of these. Of these, lithium hydrosulfide and/or sodium hydrosulfide are preferred, with sodium hydrosulfide being more preferred.
  • Alkali metal sulfides prepared in a reaction system from alkali metal hydrosulfide and alkali metal hydroxide can also be used.
  • Alkali metal sulfides prepared in advance by bringing alkali metal hydrosulfide and alkali metal hydroxide into contact can also be used.
  • These alkali metal hydrosulfides and alkali metal hydroxides can be used as hydrates, aqueous mixtures, or in the anhydrous form. Hydrates or aqueous mixtures are preferred from the standpoint of availability and cost.
  • alkali metal sulfides prepared in the reaction system from an alkali metal hydroxide such as lithium hydroxide or sodium hydroxide and hydrogen sulfide can also be used. It is also possible to use alkali metal sulfides prepared in advance by bringing an alkali metal hydroxide such as lithium hydroxide or sodium hydroxide into contact with hydrogen sulfide. Hydrogen sulfide may be used in any form, whether gaseous, liquid, or aqueous solution.
  • the compound (C) used in the method for producing the polyarylene sulfide (A) is a compound having at least one aromatic ring, and having, on the one aromatic ring, at least one functional group selected from two carboxyl groups bonded to two adjacent carbon atoms, respectively, or an acid anhydride group derived from the two carboxyl groups, an amino group, a hydroxyl group, a carboxyl group, a silanol group, a sulfonic acid group, an acetamide group, a sulfonamide group, a cyano group, an isocyanate group, an aldehyde group, an acetyl group, an epoxy group, and an alkoxysilyl group, and at least one functional group selected from a hydroxyl group, a salt of a hydroxyl group, a thiol group, and a salt of a thiol group.
  • At least one functional group selected from a hydroxyl group, a salt of a hydroxyl group, a thiol group, and a salt of a thiol group reacts with a dihalogenated aromatic compound in the polymerization reaction step.
  • the functional group introduced into polyarylene sulfide (A) in compound (C) is preferably at least one functional group selected from an amino group, two carboxyl groups bonded to two adjacent carbon atoms, and an acid anhydride group derived from the two carboxyl groups, and more preferably an amino group and/or an acid anhydride group.
  • compound (C) having such a functional group examples include 2-aminophenol, 4-aminophenol, 3-aminophenol, 2-aminothiophenol, 4-aminothiophenol, 3-aminothiophenol, 3-hydroxyphthalic acid, 4-hydroxyphthalic acid, 3-mercaptophthalic acid, 4-mercaptophthalic acid, and compounds in which the hydroxyl group or thiol group of these compounds is an alkali metal or alkaline earth metal salt.
  • 4-aminophenol and 4-aminothiophenol are preferred from the viewpoint of reactivity. It should be noted that two or more different compounds (C) may be used in combination as long as they have the above characteristics.
  • a preferred embodiment is to simultaneously use an equal amount of an alkali metal hydroxide.
  • the salt can be formed in advance and then used to produce polyarylene sulfide, or the salt can be formed by reaction in a reaction vessel.
  • the lower limit of the amount of compound (C) used in the polymerization reaction is preferably 0.01 mol or more per 1 mol of inorganic sulfidizing agent added, more preferably 0.02 mol or more, even more preferably 0.04 mol or more, even more preferably 0.05 mol or more, still more preferably 0.06 mol or more, even more preferably 0.08 mol or more, and particularly preferably 0.1 mol or more.
  • An amount of use of this value or more is preferred because functional groups can be sufficiently introduced into polyarylene sulfide (A).
  • the upper limit of the amount of compound (C) used is preferably 0.5 mol or less per 1 mol of inorganic sulfidizing agent added, more preferably 0.45 mol or less, and even more preferably 0.4 mol or less. An amount of use of this value or less is preferred because a decrease in the molecular weight of polyarylene sulfide (A) can be prevented.
  • timing of adding compound (C) there is no particular restriction on the timing of adding compound (C), and it may be added at any time during the pre-processing step described below, at the start of polymerization, or during the polymerization reaction step, or it may be added in multiple batches. However, from the perspective of efficiently reacting with the dihalogenated aromatic compound, it is more preferable to add it at the same stage as the dihalogenated aromatic compound is added to the reaction vessel.
  • dihalogenated aromatic compounds used in the production method of polyarylene sulfide (A) include dihalogenated benzenes such as p-dichlorobenzene, o-dichlorobenzene, m-dichlorobenzene, p-dibromobenzene, o-dibromobenzene, m-dibromobenzene, 1-bromo-4-chlorobenzene, and 1-bromo-3-chlorobenzene, as well as dihalogenated aromatic compounds including compounds having substituents other than halogen, such as 1-methoxy-2,5-dichlorobenzene, 1-methyl-2,5-dichlorobenzene, 1,4-dimethyl-2,5-dichlorobenzene, 1,3-dimethyl-2,5-dichlorobenzene, 2,5-dichlorobenzoic acid, 3,5-dichlorobenzoic acid, 2,
  • dihalogenated aromatic compounds containing p-dihalogenated benzenes typified by p-dichlorobenzene, as the main component are preferred.
  • the dihalogenated aromatic compound contains p-dichlorobenzene in an amount of 80 to 100 mol %, and even more preferably 90 to 100 mol %. It is also possible to use a combination of two or more different dihalogenated aromatic compounds.
  • the [monomer ratio] expressed by the following formula is preferably 0.8 or more, more preferably 0.9 or more, and even more preferably 0.95 or more.
  • the polymerization reaction system can be stabilized and side reactions can be prevented, which is preferable.
  • the [monomer ratio] is preferably 1.2 or less, more preferably 1.1 or less, and even more preferably 1.05 or less.
  • the [dihalogenated aromatic compound substance amount], [inorganic sulfidizing agent substance amount], and [compound (C) substance amount] indicate the amount (mol) of each compound used when producing polyarylene sulfide.
  • [Monomer ratio] [amount of dihalogenated aromatic compound]/([amount of inorganic sulfidizing agent]+[amount of compound (C)]).
  • organic polar solvents include organic amide solvents.
  • N-alkylpyrrolidones such as N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, N-ethyl-2-pyrrolidone, and N-cyclohexyl-2-pyrrolidone
  • caprolactams such as N-methyl- ⁇ -caprolactam
  • aprotic organic solvents such as 1,3-dimethyl-2-imidazolidinone, N,N-dimethylacetamide, N,N-dimethylformamide, and hexamethylphosphoric triamide; and mixtures thereof, which are preferably used due to their high reaction stability.
  • N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone and 1,3-dimethyl-2-imidazolidinone are preferred, and N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone is more preferred.
  • the amount of organic polar solvent used is preferably 2.0 moles or more, more preferably 2.2 moles or more, and even more preferably 2.3 moles or more, per mole of inorganic sulfidizing agent charged. Amounts of this value or more are preferred because polyarylene sulfide can be synthesized in good yield. Furthermore, the amount of organic polar solvent used is preferably 6.0 moles or less, more preferably 5.0 moles or less, and even more preferably 4.0 moles or less, per mole of inorganic sulfidizing agent charged. Amounts of this value or less are preferred because they reduce the amount of gas generated when the resulting polyarylene sulfide is heated.
  • polymerization aid In order to obtain a polyarylene sulfide with a relatively high degree of polymerization in a shorter time, it is also a preferred embodiment to use a polymerization aid.
  • the polymerization aid refers to a substance that has the effect of increasing the viscosity of the resulting polyarylene sulfide.
  • Specific examples of such polymerization aids include organic carboxylates, water, alkali metal chlorides, organic sulfonates, alkali metal sulfates, alkaline earth metal oxides, alkali metal phosphates, and alkaline earth metal phosphates. These may be used alone or in combination of two or more. Among these, organic carboxylates, water, and alkali metal chlorides are preferred, and alkali metal carboxylates are preferred as organic carboxylates, and lithium chloride is preferred as alkali metal chlorides.
  • the alkali metal carboxylate is a compound represented by the general formula R(COOM) n (wherein R is an alkyl group, cycloalkyl group, aryl group, alkylaryl group, or arylalkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms; M is an alkali metal selected from lithium, sodium, potassium, rubidium, and cesium; and n is an integer of 1 to 3).
  • R is an alkyl group, cycloalkyl group, aryl group, alkylaryl group, or arylalkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms
  • M is an alkali metal selected from lithium, sodium, potassium, rubidium, and cesium
  • n is an integer of 1 to 3
  • the alkali metal carboxylate can also be used as a hydrate, anhydrous form, or aqueous solution. Specific examples of the alkali metal carboxylate include lithium acetate, sodium acetate, potassium acetate, sodium propionate, lithium valerate,
  • Alkali metal carboxylates may be synthesized by adding and reacting an organic acid with one or more compounds selected from the group consisting of alkali metal hydroxides, alkali metal carbonates, and alkali metal bicarbonates in approximately equal chemical equivalents.
  • alkali metal carboxylates listed above lithium salts are highly soluble in the reaction system and have a significant auxiliary effect, but are expensive.
  • potassium, rubidium, and cesium salts are thought to have insufficient solubility in the reaction system, so sodium acetate, which is inexpensive and has adequate solubility in the polymerization system, is most preferably used.
  • the amount used is usually preferably in the range of 0.01 to 2 moles per mole of inorganic sulfidizing agent charged, more preferably in the range of 0.1 to 0.6 moles in order to obtain a higher degree of polymerization, and even more preferably in the range of 0.2 to 0.5 moles.
  • the amount added is usually preferably in the range of 0.3 to 15 moles per mole of inorganic sulfidizing agent charged, more preferably in the range of 0.6 to 10 moles in order to obtain a higher degree of polymerization, and even more preferably in the range of 1 to 5 moles.
  • these polymerization aids may be added at any time during the pre-processing step described below, at the start of polymerization, or during the polymerization reaction step, or they may be added in multiple batches.
  • an alkali metal carboxylate as the polymerization aid, it is preferable to add it at the start of the pre-processing step or at the start of polymerization simultaneously with other additives, as this makes addition easier.
  • water as the polymerization aid, it is effective to add it midway through the polymerization reaction step after charging the dihalogenated aromatic compound.
  • Polymerization stabilizers can be used to stabilize the polymerization reaction system and prevent side reactions. Polymerization stabilizers contribute to stabilizing the polymerization reaction system and suppress undesirable side reactions. One indicator of side reactions is the formation of thiophenol. The addition of a polymerization stabilizer can suppress the formation of thiophenol. Specific examples of polymerization stabilizers include compounds such as alkali metal hydroxides, alkali metal carbonates, alkaline earth metal hydroxides, and alkaline earth metal carbonates. Among these, alkali metal hydroxides such as sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, and lithium hydroxide are preferred.
  • alkali metal carboxylates also function as polymerization stabilizers and are therefore classified as polymerization stabilizers. Furthermore, when using alkali metal hydrosulfides as inorganic sulfidizing agents, it is particularly preferable to use alkali metal hydroxides simultaneously. However, alkali metal hydroxides in excess of the sulfidizing agent can also function as polymerization stabilizers.
  • polymerization stabilizers can be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • the polymerization stabilizer is preferably used in an amount of 0.02 to 0.2 moles per mole of inorganic sulfidizing agent charged, more preferably 0.03 to 0.1 moles, and even more preferably 0.04 to 0.09 moles. If this ratio is too low, the stabilizing effect will be low, and conversely, if it is too high, it will be economically disadvantageous and the polymer yield will tend to decrease.
  • timing of adding the polymerization stabilizer there is no particular requirement for the timing of adding the polymerization stabilizer; it may be added at any time during the pre-process, at the start of polymerization, or during the polymerization reaction process, as described below. It may also be added in multiple batches, but it is preferable to add it simultaneously at the start of the pre-process or at the start of polymerization, as this is easier.
  • the inorganic sulfidizing agent is usually used in the form of a hydrate. Before adding the dihalogenated aromatic compound, it is preferable to heat the mixture containing the organic polar solvent and the inorganic sulfidizing agent and remove excess water from the system.
  • inorganic sulfidizing agents can also be used that are prepared in situ in the reaction system from alkali metal hydrosulfide and alkali metal hydroxide, or in a vessel separate from the polymerization vessel.
  • a preferred method involves adding alkali metal hydrosulfide and alkali metal hydroxide to an organic polar solvent in an inert gas atmosphere at a temperature ranging from room temperature to 150°C, preferably from room temperature to 100°C, and then heating the mixture to at least 150°C or higher, preferably 180°C to 260°C, under atmospheric or reduced pressure, to distill off water.
  • a polymerization aid or compound (C) may be added.
  • Toluene or the like may also be added to facilitate the distillation of water during the reaction.
  • the amount of water in the system is preferably 0.3 to 10.0 moles per mole of charged sulfidizing agent.
  • the amount of water in the system is the amount of water charged to the polymerization system minus the amount of water removed from the polymerization system.
  • the charged water may be in any form, such as water, an aqueous solution, or water of crystallization.
  • Polyarylene sulfide (A) is produced by reacting at least an inorganic sulfidizing agent, a dihalogenated aromatic compound, and compound (C) in an organic polar solvent within a temperature range of 200°C or higher but lower than 290°C.
  • the organic polar solvent, sulfidizing agent, and dihalogenated aromatic compound are mixed, preferably in an inert gas atmosphere, at a temperature ranging from room temperature to 240°C, and preferably from 100°C to 230°C.
  • Compound (C) and a polymerization aid may also be added at this stage. These raw materials may be added in any order, or simultaneously.
  • This mixture is typically heated to a temperature in the range of 200°C to less than 290°C. There are no particular restrictions on the heating rate, but a rate of 0.01°C/min to 5°C/min is usually selected, with a range of 0.1°C/min to 3°C/min being more preferred.
  • the temperature is finally raised to between 250°C and 290°C, and the reaction is carried out at that temperature for typically 0.25 hours to 50 hours, preferably 0.5 hours to 20 hours.
  • reaction time at 200°C to 260°C is usually selected to be in the range of 0.25 to 20 hours, preferably 0.25 to 10 hours.
  • compound (C) can be added during the polymerization. However, from the viewpoint of efficient reaction of compound (C), it is more preferable to add at least a portion of compound (C) at the same stage as the dihalogenated aromatic compound.
  • the mixture may be slowly cooled to recover the particulate polymer.
  • the cooling rate There are no particular restrictions on the cooling rate, but it is usually around 0.1°C/min to 3°C/min. It is not necessary to cool at the same rate throughout the entire cooling process; instead, it is possible to use a method in which the mixture is slowly cooled at a rate of 0.1°C/min to 1°C/min until the polymer particles crystallize and precipitate, and then at a rate of 1°C/min or faster.
  • flash method is a method in which the polymerization reaction product is flashed from a high-temperature, high-pressure state (usually 250°C or higher, 8 kg/cm2 or higher ) into an atmosphere of normal pressure or reduced pressure, and the polymer is recovered in powder form while the solvent is recovered.
  • flash as used herein means that the polymerization reaction product is ejected from a nozzle.
  • Specific examples of the flashing atmosphere include nitrogen or water vapor at normal pressure, and the temperature is usually selected from the range of 150°C to 250°C.
  • the post-treatment step is preferably any one of acid treatment, hot water treatment, and washing with an organic solvent, and more preferably two or more of these treatments are used in combination.
  • the acid used in the acid treatment is not particularly limited as long as it does not have the effect of decomposing polyarylene sulfide (A), and examples include acetic acid, hydrochloric acid, sulfuric acid, phosphoric acid, silicic acid, carbonic acid, and propylic acid. Among these, acids selected from acetic acid and hydrochloric acid are more preferably used. On the other hand, acids that decompose or deteriorate polyarylene sulfide (A), such as nitric acid, are not preferred. Examples of acid treatment methods include immersing polyarylene sulfide (A) in an acid or an aqueous solution of an acid, with stirring or heating possible if necessary.
  • the solution may be either an organic solvent solution or an aqueous solution, but an aqueous solution is preferred from the viewpoints of the miscibility of the acid and the tendency for the solubility of salts and basic components contained in polyarylene sulfide to be relatively high.
  • the water used is preferably distilled water or deionized water so as not to impair the desired chemical modification effect of polyarylene sulfide.
  • acetic acid a sufficient effect can be obtained by immersing the polyarylene sulfide (A) powder in an aqueous acetic acid solution of pH 4 heated to 80°C to 200°C and stirring for 30 minutes.
  • the pH after treatment may be 4 or higher, for example, about pH 4 to 8.
  • the polyarylene sulfide (A) it is preferable to further wash the polyarylene sulfide (A) several times with water or warm water.
  • the water used for washing is preferably distilled water or deionized water so as not to impair the desired chemical modification effect of the polyarylene sulfide (A).
  • Acid treatment is preferred because it tends to produce a polyarylene sulfide copolymer with a higher molecular weight when using the polyarylene sulfide (A) to obtain a polyarylene sulfide copolymer.
  • the procedure is as follows:
  • the temperature of the hot water is 100°C or higher, more preferably 120°C or higher, even more preferably 150°C or higher, and particularly preferably 170°C or higher. Temperatures below 100°C are not preferable because the desired chemical modification effect of polyarylene sulfide is small.
  • the water used is distilled water or deionized water. There are no particular restrictions on the hot water treatment procedure.
  • polyarylene sulfide (A) can be performed by adding a predetermined amount of polyarylene sulfide (A) to a predetermined amount of water and heating and stirring in a pressure vessel, or by performing hot water treatment continuously.
  • the ratio of polyarylene sulfide (A) to water is preferably higher, but a bath ratio (weight of washing solution relative to weight of dry polyarylene sulfide (A)) of 200 g or less per liter of water is usually selected.
  • a bath ratio weight of washing solution relative to weight of dry polyarylene sulfide (A)) of 200 g or less per liter of water is usually selected.
  • organic solvents that can be used to wash polyarylene sulfide (A) include nitrogen-containing polar solvents such as N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, dimethylformamide, and dimethylacetamide; sulfoxide/sulfone solvents such as dimethyl sulfoxide, dimethyl sulfone, and sulfolane; ketone solvents such as acetone, methyl ethyl ketone, diethyl ketone, and acetophenone; ether solvents such as dimethyl ether, dipropyl ether, dioxane, and tetrahydrofuran; halogenated solvents such as chloroform, methylene chloride, trichloroethylene, ethylene dichloride, and perch
  • organic solvents N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, acetone, dimethylformamide, chloroform, and the like are preferred. Furthermore, from the viewpoint of removing impurities having an arylene sulfide structure, solvents selected from N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, dimethylformamide, and chloroform, which are nitrogen-containing polar solvents that tend to provide relatively high solubility, are particularly preferred. These organic solvents may be used alone or in combination with two or more, or may be mixed with water. Examples of methods for washing with an organic solvent include immersing the polyarylene sulfide (A) in the organic solvent, with appropriate stirring or heating as necessary.
  • the washing temperature when washing the polyarylene sulfide (A) with an organic solvent is not particularly limited, and any temperature from room temperature to approximately 300°C can be selected. While higher washing temperatures tend to increase the washing efficiency, a washing temperature of room temperature to 150°C is usually sufficient. Washing can also be performed under pressure in a pressure vessel at a temperature above the boiling point of the organic solvent.
  • the washing time is also not particularly limited. Although it depends on the washing conditions, in the case of batch washing, washing for 5 minutes or more usually produces sufficient results. Continuous washing is also possible.
  • An organic solvent is preferred because it reduces the amount of gas generated when polyarylene sulfide (A) is heated, and also tends to make it easier to obtain a high-molecular-weight product when using polyarylene sulfide (A) to produce a polyarylene sulfide copolymer, as described below.
  • the polyarylene sulfide (A) can be used after being polymerized by a thermal oxidation crosslinking treatment such as heating in an oxygen atmosphere or heating with a crosslinking agent such as a peroxide added thereto, but the number average molecular weight of the polyarylene sulfide (A) is preferably 10,000 or less.
  • the compound (B) is a compound for producing a polyarylene sulfide copolymer by reacting it with the polyarylene sulfide (A).
  • Compound (B) is at least one compound selected from the formulae (a') to (u').
  • X is at least one selected from two carboxyl groups bonded to two adjacent carbon atoms, or an acid anhydride group derived from the two carboxyl groups, an amino group, a hydroxyl group, a carboxyl group, a silanol group, a sulfonic acid group, an acetamide group, a sulfonamide group, a cyano group, an isocyanate group, an aldehyde group, an acetyl group, an epoxy group, and an alkoxysilyl group.
  • R 3 , R 4 , and R 5 are each a substituent selected from hydrogen, an alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, an arylene group having 6 to 24 carbon atoms, and a halogen group, and R 3 , R 4 , and R 5 may be the same or different. From the perspective of ease of availability, hydrogen, a methyl group, an ethyl group, or a propyl group is preferred. Furthermore, the aromatic ring of each compound may be di- or tri-substituted, and the multiple substituents X substituted on one aromatic ring may be the same or different.
  • compound (B) contains at least one functional group selected from an amino group, two carboxyl groups bonded to two adjacent carbon atoms, and an acid anhydride group derived from the two carboxyl groups. Furthermore, from the viewpoint of reactivity, the combination of the functional group of polyarylene sulfide (A) and the functional group of compound (B) is more preferably an amino group and an acid anhydride group, and therefore compound (B) more preferably contains an amino group and/or an acid anhydride group.
  • the functional group of polyarylene sulfide (A) is an amino group
  • the functional group of compound (B) is an acid anhydride group
  • compound (B) include pyromellitic acid, 3,3',4,4'-thiodiphthalic acid, 3,3',4,4'-sulfonyldiphthalic acid, 3,3',4,4'-benzophenonetetracarboxylic acid, 3,3',4,4'-sulfinyldiphthalic acid, 3,3',4,4'-biphenyltetracarboxylic acid, 3,3',4,4'-tetracarboxyldiphenylmethane, 9,9-bis(3,4-dicarboxyphenyl)fluorene, naphthalene-1,4,5,8-tetracarboxylic acid, and bicyclo[2.2.2]oct-7-ene-2,3,5,6-tetracarboxylic acid.
  • the polyarylene sulfide copolymer can be produced by heating the polyarylene sulfide (A) and the compound (B).
  • the ratio of the amount of functional groups derived from compound (B) [ ⁇ mol/g] to the amount of functional groups derived from polyarylene sulfide (A) [ ⁇ mol/g] is preferably 0.75 or more and 1.25 or less. By keeping it in this range, the resulting polyarylene sulfide copolymer tends to have a high molecular weight and exhibit sufficient mechanical properties and chemical resistance.
  • the polyarylene sulfide (A) and compound (B) may be heated by mixing the entire amount from the beginning, or by mixing and heating at least a portion of the polyarylene sulfide (A) and at least a portion of the compound (B) and then mixing and heating the remaining polyarylene sulfide (A) and/or compound (B). In the latter case, at least a portion of the polyarylene sulfide (A) and at least a portion of the compound (B) may be mixed and heated, and then the remaining polyarylene sulfide (A) and/or compound (B) may be mixed and heated.
  • At least a portion of the polyarylene sulfide (A) and at least a portion of the compound (B) may be mixed and heated, and the product may be removed, and then the remaining polyarylene sulfide (A) and/or compound (B) may be mixed and heated. From the viewpoint of efficiently obtaining a polyarylene sulfide copolymer, it is preferable to mix and heat the entire amount of the polyarylene sulfide (A) and compound (B) from the beginning.
  • the thermal properties of the polyarylene sulfide copolymer such as the glass transition temperature, crystallization temperature, and melting point, as well as the molecular weight, the terminal type and amount depending on the application, it is preferable to mix and heat at least a portion of the polyarylene sulfide (A) and at least a portion of the compound (B), and then mix and heat the remaining polyarylene sulfide (A) and/or compound (B).
  • the lower limit of the heating temperature can be, for example, 200°C or higher, preferably 230°C or higher, and more preferably 250°C or higher.
  • the lower limit of the heating temperature can be, for example, 200°C or higher, preferably 230°C or higher, and more preferably 250°C or higher.
  • the upper limit of the heating temperature can be, for example, 400°C or lower, preferably 380°C or lower, and more preferably 360°C or lower. Setting the upper limit of the heating temperature within this range tends to suppress undesirable side reactions, such as crosslinking reactions and decomposition reactions between polyarylene sulfides (A), and to suppress deterioration in the properties of the resulting polyarylene sulfide copolymer.
  • the heating time cannot be specified uniquely because it varies depending on the composition and molecular weight of the polyarylene sulfide (A) and the heating environment, but it is preferable to set it so as to minimize the occurrence of the undesirable side reactions described above.
  • the lower limit of the heating time can be, for example, 0.1 minutes or more, with 1 minute or more being preferred, 2 minutes or more being more preferred, and 3 minutes or more being even more preferred. By setting the lower limit of the heating time in this range, the reaction between the polyarylene sulfide (A) and the compound (B) can be more fully promoted.
  • the upper limit of the heating time can be, for example, 100 hours or less, with 20 hours or less being preferred, 10 hours or less being more preferred, and 1 hour or less being even more preferred. Setting the upper limit of the heating time in this range is economical and tends to avoid the undesirable side reactions described above.
  • Heating can be carried out in the absence or presence of a solvent.
  • a solvent there are no particular restrictions on the solvent, so long as it does not substantially cause undesirable side reactions such as decomposition or crosslinking of the resulting polyarylene sulfide copolymer.
  • One type of solvent or a mixture of two or more types can be used.
  • heating under substantially solvent-free conditions is preferable.
  • substantially solvent-free conditions refer to a system in which the polyarylene sulfide (A) and compound (B) are heated, with the solvent content being 10% by weight or less, preferably 3% by weight or less.
  • heating can be carried out using a conventional polymerization reaction apparatus, or it can be carried out in a mold for producing a molded product, or it can be carried out using an extruder or melt kneader.
  • a heating mechanism There are no particular restrictions on the method as long as it uses equipment equipped with a heating mechanism, and known methods such as batch and continuous methods can be used.
  • the heating atmosphere is preferably a non-oxidizing atmosphere, and it is also preferable to carry out the heating under reduced pressure conditions. Furthermore, when carrying out the heating under reduced pressure conditions, it is preferable to first change the atmosphere in the reaction system to a non-oxidizing atmosphere and then to a reduced pressure condition. This tends to suppress undesirable side reactions such as crosslinking reactions and decomposition reactions between polyarylene sulfides (A) or between the resulting polyarylene sulfide copolymers.
  • a non-oxidizing atmosphere refers to an atmosphere in which the oxygen concentration in the gas phase is 5% by volume or less, preferably 2% by volume or less, and more preferably an atmosphere that is substantially free of oxygen, i.e., an inert gas atmosphere such as nitrogen, helium, or argon.
  • an inert gas atmosphere such as nitrogen, helium, or argon.
  • reduced pressure conditions refer to a system in which the reaction is carried out at a pressure lower than atmospheric pressure, with the upper limit of the pressure being preferably 50 kPa or less, more preferably 20 kPa or less, and even more preferably 10 kPa or less. Setting the upper limit of the pressure within this range tends to suppress undesirable side reactions such as crosslinking reactions.
  • An example of a lower limit of the pressure is 0.1 kPa or more. By setting the lower pressure limit to 0.1 kPa or higher, it is possible to avoid putting strain on the reactor due to reducing the pressure more than necessary.
  • the polyarylene sulfide copolymer particles can be produced by a process including step 1 of melt-kneading the polyarylene sulfide copolymer and the water-soluble thermoplastic resin, and step 2 of removing the water-soluble thermoplastic resin by washing with water or an alcohol.
  • Step 1 The method for producing polyarylene sulfide copolymer particles of the present invention uses a water-soluble thermoplastic resin. While there are no limitations on the water-soluble thermoplastic resin, specific examples include polyalkylene glycol, polyvinyl alcohol, polyvinylpyrrolidone, polyamide, and polyamideimide, with polyalkylene glycol being preferred. In the present invention, the use of a water-soluble thermoplastic resin allows the use of water or alcohols in the cleaning process described below, thereby preventing worker exposure to organic solvents. It is also preferred because it reduces the release of chemical substances into the environment. The water-soluble thermoplastic resin preferably has a 10% weight loss temperature of 300°C or higher.
  • a 10% weight loss temperature of 300°C or higher is preferred because it reduces the amount of decomposition gas during the melt-kneading process with the polyarylene sulfide copolymer.
  • the 10% weight loss temperature can be analyzed, for example, by thermogravimetry under a nitrogen gas flow.
  • polymers with a 10% weight loss temperature of 300°C or higher include polyalkylene glycol and polyvinylpyrrolidone.
  • the water-soluble thermoplastic resin is preferably incompatible with the polyarylene sulfide copolymer during melt-kneading. Incompatibility refers to a state in which the two resins are not completely mixed at the molecular level, even if they appear to be kneaded at the macro level.
  • Incompatibility between the water-soluble thermoplastic resin and the polyarylene sulfide copolymer is preferable because, for example, when the resin composition is washed with water or alcohols, the water-soluble thermoplastic resin is easily separated and removed, thereby obtaining polyarylene sulfide copolymer microparticles.
  • the water-soluble thermoplastic resin is compatible with the polyarylene sulfide copolymer, the two are integrated within the resin composition, and polyarylene sulfide copolymer microparticles cannot be obtained even when washed with water or alcohols. Whether or not they become incompatible depends on the kneading conditions and the composition of the polyarylene sulfide copolymer, so it is difficult to generalize.
  • polyalkylene glycols are an example of a water-soluble thermoplastic resin that is likely to be incompatible with the polyarylene sulfide copolymer.
  • the polyarylene sulfide copolymer used as the raw material for the polyarylene sulfide copolymer particles of the present invention examples include powder, pellets, fibers, films, molded products, and granules.
  • dry grinding, wet grinding, and freeze grinding using jet mills, bead mills, hammer mills, ball mills, cutter mills, stone-type grinders, etc. are known as methods for micronizing resins.
  • pellets or molded products are used as the raw material, these methods can result in insufficient micronization, making it impossible to obtain particles of the desired particle size, or require long grinding times, resulting in reduced economic efficiency and productivity.
  • the present method makes it possible to easily produce particles even when pellets or molded products are used as the raw material.
  • the lower limit of the glass transition point of the polyarylene sulfide copolymer used to produce the polyarylene sulfide copolymer particles of the present invention is 95°C or higher, preferably 100°C or higher, and more preferably 110°C or higher. If the glass transition point is below 95°C, high rigidity cannot be obtained under high-temperature conditions.
  • the upper limit of the glass transition point is 190°C or lower, preferably 180°C or lower, and more preferably 160°C or lower. If the glass transition point exceeds 190°C, chemical resistance will be insufficient.
  • the glass transition points of the raw material polyarylene sulfide copolymer and polyarylene sulfide copolymer particles may vary depending on the conditions for producing polyarylene sulfide copolymer microparticles.
  • the glass transition point of the polyarylene sulfide copolymer or polyarylene sulfide copolymer particles is defined as the inflection point of the baseline shift detected when the temperature is raised from 0°C to 340°C at a rate of 20°C/min using a differential scanning calorimeter using the method described below.
  • the lower limit of the weight-average molecular weight of the polyarylene sulfide copolymer used to produce the polyarylene sulfide copolymer particles of the present invention is preferably 30,000 or more, more preferably 40,000 or more, and even more preferably 50,000 or more.
  • a weight-average molecular weight of 30,000 or more tends to improve the mechanical properties of the polyarylene sulfide copolymer microparticles.
  • There is no particular upper limit to the molecular weight of the polyarylene sulfide copolymer particles but examples include a weight-average molecular weight of 200,000 or less, with 150,000 or less being preferred and 100,000 or less being more preferred. Having an upper limit for the weight-average molecular weight within the above range tends to improve the moldability of the polyarylene sulfide copolymer particles.
  • the weight-average molecular weight of the raw material polyarylene sulfide copolymer and the weight-average molecular weight of the polyarylene sulfide copolymer particles may change depending on the conditions for producing the polyarylene sulfide copolymer particles.
  • the degree of change can be evaluated by the Mw retention, which is the percentage of the weight-average molecular weight of the polyarylene sulfide copolymer particles divided by the molecular weight of the polyarylene sulfide copolymer used to produce the particles.
  • An Mw retention of 50% or more is preferred, more preferably 60% or more, and even more preferably 80% or more.
  • the Mw retention within the above range is preferable because it allows the mechanical properties of the polyarylene sulfide copolymer particles to be maintained at a high level.
  • the upper limit of the Mw retention is preferably 150% or less, more preferably 130% or less. If the Mw retention exceeds 150%, the viscosity increases and handling becomes difficult.
  • the Mw retention rate varies depending on the stability of the polyarylene sulfide copolymer when it is dissolved in a solvent in the dissolution step, and can therefore be adjusted by the type of solvent used and the amount of water.
  • polyalkylene glycol A particularly preferred water-soluble thermoplastic resin used in the method for producing polyarylene sulfide copolymer particles of the present invention is polyalkylene glycol.
  • polyalkylene glycol used in the present invention, but specific examples include polyethylene glycol, polypropylene glycol, polytetramethylene glycol, polypentamethylene glycol, polyhexamethylene glycol, polyethylene glycol-polytetramethylene glycol copolymers, and alkylphenyl ethers in which the hydroxyl groups at one or both ends of these are blocked with methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, hexyl, octyl, decyl, dodecyl, hexadecyl, octadecyl, or the like.
  • polyethylene glycol or polypropylene glycol is preferred because of its ease of removal by washing, and polyethylene glycol
  • the lower limit of the weight-average molecular weight of the polyalkylene glycol is preferably 1,000 or more, more preferably 2,000 or more, and even more preferably 10,000 or more. This range is preferable because it allows for a uniform dispersion when the polyalkylene glycol is melt-kneaded with the polyphenylene sulfide copolymer.
  • the upper limit of the weight-average molecular weight of the polyalkylene glycol is preferably 1,000,000 or less, more preferably 800,000 or less, and even more preferably 500,000 or less. The above range is preferable because it allows for ease of removal by washing.
  • the lower limit of the viscosity ratio ⁇ a/ ⁇ b is preferably 0.1 or more, and more preferably 1 or more.
  • the upper limit is preferably 1,000 or less, more preferably 500 or less, and even more preferably 300 or less. The closer the melt viscosity ratio ⁇ a/ ⁇ b is to 1, the smaller the particle size of the resulting particles tends to be; however, a ratio approaching 1 is not a problem when producing particles with a D50 particle size of 1 ⁇ m or more.
  • melt viscosity ratio ⁇ a/ ⁇ b be equal to or greater than the above lower limit and equal to or less than the above upper limit is preferred, as this allows the production of polyarylene sulfide copolymer particles with a D50 particle size of 1,000 ⁇ m or less.
  • the melt viscosity of the polyarylene sulfide copolymer and water-soluble thermoplastic resin referred to here is the complex viscosity at 300°C obtained by dynamic viscoelasticity measurement in the molten state.
  • the ratio of polyarylene sulfide copolymer to water-soluble thermoplastic resin there are no restrictions on the ratio of polyarylene sulfide copolymer to water-soluble thermoplastic resin as long as the polyarylene sulfide copolymer is well dispersed in the water-soluble thermoplastic resin, but the lower limit of the ratio is preferably 1 part by weight or more of polyarylene sulfide copolymer per 100 parts by weight of water-soluble thermoplastic resin, more preferably 10 parts by weight or more, and even more preferably 30 parts by weight or more. The above range is preferable from the standpoint of economy and productivity.
  • the polyarylene sulfide copolymer is preferably 100 parts by weight or less of polyarylene sulfide copolymer per 100 parts by weight of polyalkylene glycol, more preferably 80 parts by weight or less, and even more preferably 50 parts by weight or less.
  • thermoplastic resins include vinyl chloride resin, vinylidene chloride resin, vinyl acetate resin, polyvinyl alcohol, polyvinyl acetal, polystyrene, AS resin, ABS resin, methacrylic resin, polyethylene, polypropylene, polyamide, polyacetal, polycarbonate, polyethylene terephthalate, polybutylene terephthalate, liquid crystal polyester resin, polyphenylene ether, polyphenylene sulfide, polyarylate, polysulfone, polyethersulfone, polyetherimide, polyetheretherketone, fluororesin, and thermoplastic elastomer.
  • the amount of other components is preferably 10 parts by weight or less, and more preferably 5 parts by weight or less, per 100 parts by weight of the water
  • the method for producing polyarylene sulfide copolymer particles of the present invention it is necessary to disperse the polyarylene sulfide copolymer in the water-soluble thermoplastic resin. To this end, it is preferable to heat a mixture of the polyarylene sulfide copolymer and the water-soluble thermoplastic resin.
  • the required heating temperature varies depending on the molecular weight, structure, concentration, and type of solvent of the polyarylene sulfide copolymer, but is generally preferably 250°C or higher, more preferably 270°C or higher, and even more preferably 300°C or higher.
  • the upper limit is preferably 400°C or lower, and more preferably 320°C or lower.
  • heating can of course be carried out using a conventional polymerization reaction apparatus, but it can also be carried out in a mold for producing a molded product, or using an extruder or melt-kneader.
  • a preferred example is a method of melt-kneading using an extruder. It is preferable to carry out melt-kneading under substantially solvent-free conditions.
  • substantially solvent-free means that the solvent in the mixture is 10% by weight or less, and 3% by weight or less is more preferred.
  • the heating atmosphere is preferably a non-oxidizing atmosphere, and it is also preferable to carry out the heating under reduced pressure conditions. Furthermore, when carrying out the heating under reduced pressure conditions, it is preferable to first change the atmosphere in the reaction system to a non-oxidizing atmosphere and then to a reduced pressure condition.
  • a non-oxidizing atmosphere refers to an atmosphere in which the oxygen concentration in the gas phase is 5% by volume or less, preferably 2% by volume or less, and more preferably an atmosphere containing substantially no oxygen, i.e., an inert gas atmosphere such as nitrogen, helium, or argon. Among these, a nitrogen atmosphere is particularly preferable from the standpoints of economy and ease of handling.
  • reduced pressure conditions refer to a system in which the reaction is carried out at a pressure lower than atmospheric pressure, with the upper limit of the pressure being preferably 50 kPa or less, more preferably 20 kPa or less, and even more preferably 10 kPa or less. Setting the upper limit of the pressure in this range tends to suppress undesirable side reactions such as crosslinking reactions.
  • An example of a lower limit of the pressure is 0.1 kPa or more. Setting the lower limit of the pressure to 0.1 kPa or more can avoid the burden on the reaction apparatus caused by reducing the pressure more than necessary.
  • the production method of the present invention includes a step of melt-kneading a polyarylene sulfide copolymer and a water-soluble thermoplastic resin in step 1, washing the resulting mixture with a solvent in which the water-soluble thermoplastic resin is soluble, and removing the water-soluble thermoplastic resin. Then, the remaining polyarylene sulfide copolymer particles are recovered.
  • the polyarylene sulfide copolymer can be washed using known methods. Re-slurry washing can be used as a washing method to remove deposits and inclusions from the polyarylene sulfide copolymer particles, and heating may be used as appropriate.
  • washing There are no restrictions on the solvent used for washing, as long as it does not dissolve the polyarylene sulfide copolymer particles but dissolves the water-soluble thermoplastic resin.
  • alcohols such as methanol, ethanol, and isopropanol, and water are preferred, with water being the most preferred. Washing with water is particularly preferred because it minimizes worker exposure to organic solvents during the granulation process and prevents environmental pollution due to the release of organic solvents into the environment. Washing with water is also preferred because it prevents organic solvents that act as plasticizers from remaining in the polyarylene sulfide copolymer particles, preventing a decrease in mechanical properties when the particles are used as a raw material for three-dimensional objects or reinforced fiber composite substrates.
  • the polyarylene sulfide copolymer particles are isolated and dried. Isolation methods include, for example, filtration, centrifugation, centrifugal filtration, heat drying, spray drying, and decantation. Drying is preferably carried out below the melting point of the polyarylene sulfide copolymer particles, and may be carried out under reduced pressure. Drying methods that can be selected include air drying, hot air drying, heat drying, reduced-pressure drying, and freeze drying.
  • the polyarylene sulfide copolymer particles can also be blended with other optional components, such as a crystal nucleating agent, various fillers, and additives, and used as a resin composition.
  • a more homogeneous resin composition can be obtained more efficiently than when using conventional polyarylene sulfide copolymer particles.
  • the polyarylene sulfide copolymer particles can be blended more homogeneously.By molding a resin composition containing such polyarylene sulfide copolymer particles of the present invention, a molded product with excellent mechanical properties can be obtained.
  • nucleating agents examples include talc, kaolin, organic phosphorus compounds, and polyether ether ketone.
  • fillers include inorganic fillers and organic fillers. There are no limitations on the type of filler, but considering the reinforcing effect of the filler in the resin composition, fibrous inorganic fillers such as glass fiber and carbon fiber are preferred. Carbon fiber not only improves mechanical properties but also reduces the weight of molded products. Furthermore, carbon fiber is preferred as the filler, as it has a greater effect in improving the mechanical properties and chemical resistance of the resin composition. Additives that can be used include antioxidants, mold release agents, lubricants, UV absorbers, colorants, and foaming agents.
  • the polyarylene sulfide copolymer particles of the present invention which have high heat resistance, high sphericity, and a specific median diameter D50, can be used in injection molding, injection compression molding, blow molding, extrusion molding, and the like, just like polyarylene sulfide copolymers. In addition, they can be used as heat-resistant additives in the fields of adhesive materials, coatings, and polymer compounds, and as raw materials for three-dimensionally molded objects produced by powder bed fusion.
  • the three-dimensionally molded objects have excellent chemical resistance, high heat resistance, and excellent mechanical properties, which are derived from the properties of the polyarylene sulfide copolymer.
  • polyarylene sulfide copolymer particles of the present invention which have high sphericity
  • three-dimensionally molded objects molded from the polyarylene sulfide copolymer particles have uniform and sufficient molded object density and excellent surface quality.
  • a reinforced fiber composite substrate can also be obtained by dispersing polyarylene sulfide copolymer particles in reinforcing fibers and melting the polyarylene sulfide copolymer particles to impregnate the reinforcing fibers.
  • This method involves dispersing the polyarylene sulfide copolymer particles in the interstices of the reinforcing fibers, melting the polyarylene sulfide copolymer particles, and applying pressure to impregnate the reinforcing fibers with the polyarylene sulfide copolymer.
  • the reinforcing fibers may be continuous or discontinuous.
  • polyarylene sulfide copolymer particles enable the polyarylene sulfide copolymer to be dispersed more efficiently and uniformly in the interstices of the reinforcing fibers.
  • the polyarylene sulfide copolymer particles can be dispersed directly in the reinforcing fibers, or they can be dispersed using a dispersion liquid, as described below.
  • the highly heat-resistant, highly spherical polyarylene sulfide copolymer particles of the present invention exhibit uniform mechanical properties due to their excellent particle dispersibility.
  • Such a reinforced fiber composite substrate is suitable for producing molded articles with high heat resistance.
  • the polyarylene sulfide copolymer particles of the present invention can also be used as a dispersion in which the polyarylene sulfide copolymer particles are dispersed in a liquid medium.
  • a dispersion can be suitably used when producing a reinforced fiber composite substrate using the polyarylene sulfide copolymer particles. After the dispersion is dispersed in reinforcing fibers and the medium is removed by evaporation, the polyarylene sulfide copolymer particles can be melted and impregnated into the reinforcing fibers.
  • the liquid used as the medium for the dispersion is preferably water or an organic solvent.
  • organic solvents include alcohol compounds such as methanol, ethanol, 1-propanol, and 2-propanol; N-alkylpyrrolidones such as N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, N-ethyl-2-pyrrolidone, and N-cyclohexyl-2-pyrrolidone; caprolactams such as N-methyl- ⁇ -caprolactam; aprotic organic solvents such as 1,3-dimethyl-2-imidazolidinone, N,N-dimethylacetamide, N,N-dimethylformamide, and hexamethylphosphoric triamide; and organic solvents such as benzene, toluene, o-xylene, m-xylene, and p-xylene.
  • suitable dispersion media include aromatic hydrocarbons; ketones such as 2-butanone, 3-pentanone, and 4-methyl-2-pentanone; saturated aliphatic hydrocarbons such as cyclopentane, pentane, isopentane, neopentane, methylcyclopentane, cyclohexane, n-hexane, 2-methylpentane, 3-methylpentane, 2,2-dimethylbutane, 2,3-dimethylbutane, methylcyclohexane, heptane, 2-methylhexane, 3-methylhexane, 2,3-dimethylpentane, 2,4-dimethylpentane, and ethylcyclohexane; and mixtures thereof. Water is the most preferred liquid medium. Dispersions can be stabilized using dispersants, typically through entropic, ionic, or steric repulsion.
  • Three-dimensional objects molded from the polyarylene sulfide copolymer particles of the present invention, molded articles molded from resin compositions containing the polyarylene sulfide copolymer particles of the present invention, and molded articles molded from the reinforced fiber composite substrate of the present invention have excellent heat resistance, chemical resistance, flame retardancy, electrical properties, and mechanical properties, and examples of their applications include electrical and electronic parts, audio equipment parts, household and office electrical appliance parts, machine-related parts, optical equipment, precision machinery-related parts, plumbing parts, automobile and vehicle-related parts, aircraft structural members, aircraft interior materials, and other aerospace-related parts, as well as a variety of other applications.
  • the amount of amino groups in the polyarylene sulfide (A) was calculated based on the absorption intensity at 3382 cm ⁇ 1 derived from the amino groups relative to the absorption intensity at 1901 cm ⁇ 1 derived from the benzene rings of the arylene sulfide units, by measuring an amorphous film prepared by rapidly cooling the polyarylene sulfide from a molten state obtained by heating at 320° C using FT-IR (IR-810 infrared spectrophotometer manufactured by JASCO Corporation).
  • the weight average molecular weight Mw and the number average molecular weight Mn were measured using gel permeation chromatography (GPC), a type of size exclusion chromatography (SEC), and calculated in terms of polystyrene.
  • GPC gel permeation chromatography
  • SEC size exclusion chromatography
  • the GPC measurement conditions are shown below.
  • Equipment: Senshu Scientific SSC-7110 Column name: Shodex UT806M x 2 Eluent: 1-chloronaphthalene Detector: differential refractive index detector Column temperature: 210°C Pre-thermostat temperature: 250°C Pump thermostatic bath temperature: 50°C Detector temperature: 210°C Flow rate: 1.0mL/min Sample injection volume: 300 ⁇ L.
  • the glass transition point (Tg), melting point (Tm), and crystallization temperature (Tmc) were measured by differential scanning calorimetry (DSC) using approximately 10 mg of an amorphous film prepared by quenching polyarylene sulfide copolymer particles or polyarylene sulfide copolymer pellets from a molten state.
  • the inflection point of the baseline shift detected when the temperature was increased from 0°C to 340°C at a rate of 20°C/min was taken as the glass transition point.
  • the crystallization temperature was determined as the crystallization peak temperature detected when the temperature was increased from 0°C to 340°C at a rate of 20°C/min, held at 340°C for 1 minute, and then cooled to 100°C at a rate of 20°C/min.
  • the melting point was determined as the melting peak temperature detected when the sample was heated from 0°C to 340°C at a rate of 20°C/min, held at 340°C for 1 minute, cooled to 100°C at a rate of 20°C/min, held at 100°C for 1 minute, and then heated again to 340°C at a rate of 20°C/min.
  • Device TA Instruments TA-Q200 Carrier gas: nitrogen Sample purge flow rate: 50 mL/min.
  • a dispersion was prepared by adding approximately 100 mg of polyarylene sulfide copolymer particles or polyarylene sulfide particles to approximately 5 mL of deionized water, and then adding Triton X-100 dropwise until the particles were dispersible.
  • the dispersion was added to a laser diffraction particle size distribution analyzer (Microtrac MT3300EX II) manufactured by Nikkiso Co., Ltd. until it reached a measurable concentration, and ultrasonic dispersion was performed in the analyzer at 30 W for 60 seconds, after which the particle size distribution was measured over a measurement time of 10 seconds.
  • the sphericity of the polyarylene sulfide copolymer particles or polyarylene sulfide particles was calculated from the major and minor axes of 30 randomly selected particles observed in a photograph taken with a Keyence digital microscope (VHX-7000) according to the following formula:
  • the major axis is the diameter at which the distance between two parallel lines is greatest when an image of the particle is sandwiched between two parallel lines
  • the minor axis is the diameter at which the distance between two parallel lines is smallest when an image of the particle is sandwiched between two parallel lines in a direction perpendicular to the major axis.
  • S is the sphericity
  • n is the number of measurements
  • a i is the major axis of the i-th particle
  • b i is the minor axis of the i-th particle.
  • the number of measurements, n is set to 30.
  • the reaction vessel was then cooled to 200°C, and 12.6 kg (85.9 mol) of p-dichlorobenzene (p-DCB), 1.07 kg (8.23 mol) of 4-aminothiophenol (4-ATP), and 19.8 kg (200 mol) of NMP were added.
  • p-DCB p-dichlorobenzene
  • 4-aminothiophenol (4-ATP) 4.aminothiophenol
  • NMP 19.8 kg
  • the resulting solid and ion-exchanged water were placed in an autoclave equipped with a stirrer, and a washing process was carried out at 75°C for 15 minutes, after which the solid was filtered through a filter. This process was repeated three times to obtain a cake.
  • the resulting cake and 30 liters of ion-exchanged water were placed in an autoclave equipped with a stirrer, and the atmosphere inside the autoclave was replaced with nitrogen, after which the temperature was raised to 195°C.
  • the autoclave was then cooled, and the contents were filtered through a filter to obtain a cake.
  • the resulting cake was dried at 120°C under a nitrogen stream.
  • the FT-IR spectrum confirmed that the resulting PPS copolymer contained phenylene sulfide units as structural units and that imide groups had been introduced.
  • DSC measurements revealed that the PPS copolymer had a glass transition temperature of 114°C, a crystallization temperature of 171°C, and a melting point of 263°C.
  • GPC measurements revealed that the Mw was 46,700.
  • the melt complex viscosity was 240 Pa ⁇ s.
  • the PPS copolymer was in pellet form. The results are summarized in Table 1.
  • the FT-IR spectrum confirmed that the resulting PPS copolymer contained phenylene sulfide units as structural units and that imide groups had been introduced.
  • DSC measurements revealed that the PPS copolymer had a glass transition temperature of 114°C, a crystallization temperature of 205°C, and a melting point of 262°C.
  • GPC measurements revealed that the Mw was 48,600. The melt complex viscosity was 176 Pa ⁇ s.
  • the PPS copolymer was in pellet form. The results are summarized in Table 1.
  • Example 1 4.0 g of the PPS copolymer obtained in Reference Example 2 and 6.0 g of PEG20000 (manufactured by Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) (melt complex viscosity: 0.80 Pa s) were added to a small melt kneader equipped with a circulation mechanism, Haake MiniLab II, and melt-kneaded for 3 minutes at a cylinder temperature of 300 ° C and a screw rotation speed of 200 rpm, and then discharged into a tray filled with ion-exchanged water.
  • PEG20000 manufactured by Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.
  • the melt complex viscosity ratio ( ⁇ a/ ⁇ b) of the melt viscosity of the PPS copolymer ( ⁇ a) to the melt viscosity of the PEG20000 ( ⁇ b) was 301.
  • Suction filtration was performed using filter paper as a filter medium, and the resulting cake was reslurried with ion-exchanged water and suction-filtered using filter paper. This washing process was repeated three times to obtain polyarylene sulfide copolymer particles.
  • the glass transition temperature of the polyarylene sulfide copolymer particles was 110 ° C, and the melting point was 259 ° C.
  • the Mw was 53,000, and the Mw retention of the PPS copolymer particles relative to the Mw of the PPS copolymer of Reference Example 2 was 113%.
  • the polyarylene sulfide copolymer particles had a D50 of 80.6 ⁇ m and a D90/D10 of 1.7.
  • the sphericity was 93. The results are summarized in Table 1.
  • Example 2 PPS copolymer particles were obtained in the same manner as in Example 1, except that PEG500000 (manufactured by Fujifilm Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd.) (melt complex viscosity: 7.9 Pa s) was used instead of PEG20000.
  • the melt complex viscosity ratio ( ⁇ a/ ⁇ b) of the melt viscosity ( ⁇ a) of the PPS copolymer to the melt viscosity ( ⁇ b) of PEG500000 was 30.
  • the polyarylene sulfide copolymer particles had a glass transition temperature of 110°C and a melting point of 261°C.
  • the Mw was 51,800, and the Mw retention of the PPS copolymer particles relative to the Mw of the PPS copolymer of Reference Example 2 was 111%.
  • the polyarylene sulfide copolymer particles had a D50 of 5.9 ⁇ m and a D90/D10 of 2.1.
  • the sphericity was 93. The results are summarized in Table 1.
  • Example 3 PPS copolymer particles were obtained in the same manner as in Example 2, except that the PPS copolymer of Reference Example 3 was used instead of the PPS copolymer of Reference Example 2.
  • the melt complex viscosity ratio ( ⁇ a/ ⁇ b) of the melt viscosity ( ⁇ a) of the PPS copolymer to the melt viscosity ( ⁇ b) of PEG 500000 was 22.
  • the polyarylene sulfide copolymer particles had a glass transition point of 110°C and a melting point of 261°C.
  • the Mw was 46,200, and the Mw retention of the PPS copolymer particles relative to the Mw of the PPS copolymer of Reference Example 3 was 95%.
  • the polyarylene sulfide copolymer particles had a D50 of 4.4 ⁇ m and a D90/D10 of 2.0. The sphericity was 89.
  • Table 1 The results are summarized in Table 1.
  • the polyarylene sulfide copolymer particles had a glass transition temperature of 110°C, a crystallization temperature of 214°C, and a melting point of 261°C.
  • the Mw was 25,300, and the Mw retention of the PPS copolymer particles relative to the Mw of the PPS copolymer of Reference Example 2 was 37%.
  • the polyarylene sulfide copolymer particles in the methanol dispersion had a D50 of 15.9 ⁇ m, a D90/D10 ratio of 5.5, and a sphericity of 76%. The results are summarized in Table 2.
  • the contents were removed from the reaction vessel and diluted with 26.30 kg of NMP.
  • the solvent and solids were filtered through an 80-mesh sieve, and the resulting particles were washed with 31.90 kg of NMP and then filtered. These were washed several times with 56.00 kg of ion-exchanged water and filtered, and then washed with 70.00 kg of a 0.05 wt. % aqueous acetic acid solution and filtered.
  • the resulting hydrated PPS particles were dried with hot air at 80°C and then dried under reduced pressure at 120°C.
  • the PPS particles had a glass transition temperature of 94°C, a crystallization temperature of 219°C, and a melting point of 278°C.
  • the Mw was 75,100. The results are summarized in Table 2.
  • Examples 1 to 3 demonstrate that the method of the present invention can produce polyarylene sulfide copolymer particles with high heat resistance and high sphericity.
  • Comparative Examples 2 and 3 showed that the particles obtained by dissolving and precipitating PPS copolymer or PPS in a solvent had low sphericity, and in the case of PPS, the Tg was low and the heat resistance was poor.

Landscapes

  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • Polymers & Plastics (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Dispersion Chemistry (AREA)
  • Polymers With Sulfur, Phosphorus Or Metals In The Main Chain (AREA)

Abstract

Polyarylene sulfide copolymer particles each have a median diameter D50 of 1-1,000 μm inclusive, a glass transition point by differential scanning calorimetry of 95-190°C inclusive and a sphericity of 80-100 inclusive. The present invention addresses the problem of obtaining polyarylene sulfide copolymer particles having a high glass transition point and a high sphericity, and provides a simple and safe method for producing the same.

Description

ポリアリーレンスルフィド共重合体粒子およびその製造方法Polyarylene sulfide copolymer particles and method for producing the same

 本発明は、ポリアリーレンスルフィド共重合体粒子、およびその製造方法に関する。 The present invention relates to polyarylene sulfide copolymer particles and a method for producing the same.

 ポリフェニレンスルフィド(以下PPSと略す場合がある)に代表されるポリアリーレンスルフィドは、優れた耐熱性、バリア性、成形性、耐薬品性、電気絶縁性、耐湿熱性などエンジニアリングプラスチックとして好適な性質を有しており、射出成形、押出成形用途を中心として各種電気・電子部品、機械部品、自動車部品、フィルム、繊維などに使用されている。ポリアリーレンスルフィドはその優れた特性ゆえに、近年使用される用途が広がっている。 Polyarylene sulfides, typified by polyphenylene sulfide (hereinafter sometimes abbreviated as PPS), have properties that make them ideal for engineering plastics, such as excellent heat resistance, barrier properties, moldability, chemical resistance, electrical insulation, and moist heat resistance, and are used in a variety of electrical and electronic parts, machine parts, automotive parts, films, fibers, and more, primarily for injection molding and extrusion molding. Due to their excellent properties, the range of applications for polyarylene sulfides has been expanding in recent years.

 代表的なポリアリーレンスルフィドであるPPSは、一般的に80~90℃にガラス転移点を、275~285℃に融点を有する結晶性ポリマーであり、その優れた耐熱性によって高温条件下で用いられることが多い。また、優れた耐薬品性を利用した用途にも広く用いられている。 PPS, a typical polyarylene sulfide, is a crystalline polymer that generally has a glass transition point of 80-90°C and a melting point of 275-285°C, and is often used under high-temperature conditions due to its excellent heat resistance. It is also widely used in applications that take advantage of its excellent chemical resistance.

 しかし、ポリアリーレンスルフィドの代表例である上述したPPSは、高い融点により高温での使用に耐える一方で、ガラス転移点以上の温度である80~90℃以上ではそれ以下の温度と比べて急激に剛性が低下するという問題がある。ポリアリーレンスルフィドのガラス転移点を向上する検討は種々行われており、例えば特許文献1から3には、反応性官能基を有するポリアリーレンスルフィドと剛直な分子を反応させることで得られるポリアリーレンスルフィド共重合体が開示されている。 However, while the aforementioned PPS, a typical example of polyarylene sulfide, has a high melting point and can withstand high-temperature use, it suffers from the problem that its rigidity drops sharply at temperatures above the glass transition point, 80-90°C, compared to temperatures below that point. Various studies have been conducted to improve the glass transition point of polyarylene sulfide; for example, Patent Documents 1 to 3 disclose polyarylene sulfide copolymers obtained by reacting polyarylene sulfide having reactive functional groups with rigid molecules.

 優れた耐薬品性とより高い耐熱性を有するポリアリーレンスルフィド共重合体は、一般的には射出成形、射出圧縮成形、ブロー成形、押出成形等に用いられるが、ポリアリーレンスルフィド共重合体を粒子化することで、接着材料分野、塗料分野、ポリマーコンパウンド分野における耐熱性添加剤や、粉末床溶融結合方式での三次元造形の原料としても用いることが可能となり、より幅広い用途で活用可能となる期待がある。また、ポリアリーレンスルフィド共重合体を充填材およびその他添加剤から選ばれた成分を配合して樹脂組成物を製造する場合にも、粒子形状のポリアリーレンスルフィド共重合体を用いることで、より均一な樹脂組成物を効率よく得られる期待がある。 Polyarylene sulfide copolymers, which have excellent chemical resistance and higher heat resistance, are generally used in injection molding, injection compression molding, blow molding, extrusion molding, etc., but by granulating polyarylene sulfide copolymers, they can be used as heat-resistant additives in the adhesive materials, paints, and polymer compounds fields, and as raw materials for three-dimensional modeling using powder bed fusion, and are expected to be useful in a wider range of applications. Furthermore, when polyarylene sulfide copolymers are blended with components selected from fillers and other additives to produce resin compositions, the use of granular polyarylene sulfide copolymers is expected to enable the efficient production of more uniform resin compositions.

 熱可塑性樹脂粒子の製造方法は種々検討されており、例えば特許文献4および5には、PPSまたはポリアリーレンスルフィドを溶媒に溶解し析出させることで得られたPPSまたはポリアリーレンスルフィド粒子が、特許文献6には、ポリアリーレンスルフィドを乾式粉砕処理することで得られたポリアリーレンスルフィド樹脂粉体が、特許文献7および8には、PPSに他の熱可塑性ポリマーを加えて溶融混練し、他の熱可塑性ポリマーを除去することで得られたPPS粒子が開示されている。 Various methods for producing thermoplastic resin particles have been investigated. For example, Patent Documents 4 and 5 disclose PPS or polyarylene sulfide particles obtained by dissolving PPS or polyarylene sulfide in a solvent and precipitating the resulting solution; Patent Document 6 discloses polyarylene sulfide resin powder obtained by dry-pulverizing polyarylene sulfide; and Patent Documents 7 and 8 disclose PPS particles obtained by adding another thermoplastic polymer to PPS, melt-kneading the mixture, and then removing the other thermoplastic polymer.

国際公開第2019/151288号International Publication No. 2019/151288 国際公開第2022/045105号International Publication No. 2022/045105 国際公開第2021/020334号International Publication No. 2021/020334 特開2008-231250号公報Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2008-231250 国際公開第2009/119466号WO 2009/119466 国際公開第2019/203256号International Publication No. 2019/203256 特開2014-43522号公報JP 2014-43522 A 特開平10-273594号公報Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 10-273594

 特許文献1から3で開示されているポリアリーレンスルフィド共重合体は、高いガラス転移点を有するものの、ポリアリーレンスルフィド共重合体は溶媒の非存在下、溶融状態で加熱することで製造されているのみであり、ポリアリーレンスルフィド共重合体粒子は得られていなかった。また、ポリアリーレンスルフィド共重合体の製造を溶媒の存在下で行うことに関する記載はあるが、粒子に関する記載や具体的な製造方法に関する記載はなかった。特許文献3には繊維強化ポリアリーレンスルフィド共重合体複合基材の製造方法に関する記載として、粉末状のポリアリーレンスルフィド共重合体を用いる方法が記載されているが、粉末状のポリアリーレンスルフィド共重合体を得る具体的な方法や、粉末状ポリアリーレンスルフィド共重合体を用いた複合基材の製造方法については記載がなかった。 The polyarylene sulfide copolymers disclosed in Patent Documents 1 to 3 have high glass transition points, but the polyarylene sulfide copolymers are produced simply by heating them in a molten state in the absence of a solvent, and no polyarylene sulfide copolymer particles are obtained. Furthermore, while there is a description of producing polyarylene sulfide copolymers in the presence of a solvent, there is no description of particles or specific production methods. Patent Document 3 describes a method of using powdered polyarylene sulfide copolymer as a method of producing a fiber-reinforced polyarylene sulfide copolymer composite substrate, but there is no description of a specific method of obtaining powdered polyarylene sulfide copolymer or a method of producing a composite substrate using powdered polyarylene sulfide copolymer.

 特許文献4および5で開示されているPPSまたはポリアリーレンスルフィド粒子は、PPSまたはポリアリーレンスルフィドを溶媒に溶解し、析出させることで製造している。この製造方法を高いガラス転移点を有するポリアリーレンスルフィド共重合体に適用する場合、溶解性が異なるため、粒子の収率およびポリアリーレンスルフィド共重合体の分子量が低下する問題が見いだされた。 The PPS or polyarylene sulfide particles disclosed in Patent Documents 4 and 5 are produced by dissolving PPS or polyarylene sulfide in a solvent and precipitating it. When this production method is applied to polyarylene sulfide copolymers with high glass transition points, differences in solubility have been found to result in problems with reduced particle yield and reduced molecular weight of the polyarylene sulfide copolymer.

 特許文献6には、熱可塑性プリプレグ用ポリアリーレンサルファイド樹脂粉体が開示されているが、具体的な粉体の製造方法に関する記載は乾式粉砕のみであった。一般的に乾式粉砕で得られた樹脂粉体は不定形のため真球度が低く、流動性および分散性に劣る特徴があった。また、特許文献1から3に記載された発明と同様に、溶融状態で加熱することで製造されるペレット状あるいは塊状の樹脂であるため、乾式粉砕による粒子化が困難という問題もあった。 Patent Document 6 discloses polyarylene sulfide resin powder for thermoplastic prepregs, but the only specific method of producing the powder is dry pulverization. Resin powder obtained by dry pulverization generally has an irregular shape, low sphericity, and is characterized by poor fluidity and dispersibility. Furthermore, as with the inventions described in Patent Documents 1 to 3, the resin is in the form of pellets or chunks that are produced by heating in a molten state, which presents the problem of difficulty in granulating it by dry pulverization.

 特許文献7および8では、PPS粒子が得られているが、PPS以外の他の熱可塑性ポリマーを加えており、熱可塑性ポリマーを除去するための分解に長時間の反応が必要であり、さらに作業者が溶媒に暴露する問題があった。 Patent Documents 7 and 8 produce PPS particles, but add a thermoplastic polymer other than PPS, which requires a long reaction time for decomposition to remove the thermoplastic polymer, and there is also the problem of workers being exposed to the solvent.

 本発明は、高い造形物密度を有し、表面品位に優れる三次元造形物や機械物性に優れる強化繊維複合基材およびそれからなる成形品を得ることができるポリアリーレンスルフィド共重合体粒子を提供することを課題とする。 The objective of the present invention is to provide polyarylene sulfide copolymer particles that can be used to produce three-dimensional objects with high molding density and excellent surface quality, reinforced fiber composite substrates with excellent mechanical properties, and molded articles made from them.

 また、本発明は、高いガラス転移点を有し、高い真球度を有するポリアリーレンスルフィド共重合体粒子を得るための簡便かつ安全な製造方法を提供することを課題とする。 Another objective of the present invention is to provide a simple and safe production method for obtaining polyarylene sulfide copolymer particles that have a high glass transition temperature and high sphericity.

 本発明は、上述の課題の少なくとも一部を解決するためになされたものであり、以下の内容を提供することで実現することが可能である。
1.メディアン径D50が1μm以上1,000μm以下であり、示差走査熱量計を用いた測定を行った際にガラス転移点を95℃以上190℃以下に有し、真球度が80以上100以下であるポリアリーレンスルフィド共重合体粒子。
2.メディアン径D50が1μm以上150μm以下である上記1に記載のポリアリーレンスルフィド共重合体粒子。
3.重量平均分子量Mwが30,000以上である上記1または2に記載のポリアリーレンスルフィド共重合体粒子。
4.ポリアリーレンスルフィド共重合体粒子を構成するポリアリーレンスルフィド共重合体がスルホニル基、スルフィニル基、エステル基、アミド基、イミド基、エーテル基、ウレア基、ウレタン基、およびシロキサン基から選ばれる少なくとも一つの結合基を含有する上記1~3いずれかに記載のポリアリーレンスルフィド共重合体粒子。
5.示差走査熱量計を用いた測定を行った際のガラス転移点を95℃以上190℃以下に有するポリアリーレンスルフィド共重合体と水溶性熱可塑性樹脂を溶融混練する工程1、および水溶性熱可塑性樹脂を水またはアルコール類による洗浄で除去する工程2を含むポリアリーレンスルフィド共重合体粒子の製造方法。
6.ポリアリーレンスルフィド共重合体の溶融粘度(ηa)と水溶性熱可塑性樹脂の溶融粘度(ηb)との粘度比ηa/ηbが0.1以上1000以下である上記5に記載のポリアリーレンスルフィド共重合体粒子の製造方法。
7.上記1~4のいずれかのポリアリーレンスルフィド共重合体粒子が液体に分散した分散液。
8.上記1~4のいずれかのポリアリーレンスルフィド共重合体粒子で成形した三次元造形物。
9.上記1~4のいずれかのポリアリーレンスルフィド共重合体粒子を強化繊維中に分散させる工程、および該ポリアリーレンスルフィド共重合体粒子を溶融して強化繊維に含浸させる工程を含む、強化繊維複合基材の製造方法。
10.上記9に記載の強化繊維複合基材の製造方法により製造された強化繊維複合基材。
11.上記10の強化繊維複合基材を成形した、成形品。
12.航空機構造部材である上記11の成形品。
The present invention has been made to solve at least part of the above-mentioned problems, and can be realized by providing the following contents.
1. Polyarylene sulfide copolymer particles having a median diameter D50 of 1 μm or more and 1,000 μm or less, a glass transition point of 95° C. or more and 190° C. or less when measured using a differential scanning calorimeter, and a sphericity of 80 or more and 100 or less.
2. The polyarylene sulfide copolymer particles according to the above item 1, having a median diameter D50 of 1 μm or more and 150 μm or less.
3. The polyarylene sulfide copolymer particles according to 1 or 2 above, which have a weight average molecular weight Mw of 30,000 or more.
4. The polyarylene sulfide copolymer particles according to any one of 1 to 3 above, wherein the polyarylene sulfide copolymer constituting the polyarylene sulfide copolymer particles contains at least one bonding group selected from a sulfonyl group, a sulfinyl group, an ester group, an amide group, an imide group, an ether group, a urea group, a urethane group, and a siloxane group.
5. A method for producing polyarylene sulfide copolymer particles, comprising: step 1 of melt-kneading a polyarylene sulfide copolymer having a glass transition temperature of 95°C or higher and 190°C or lower as measured using a differential scanning calorimeter with a water-soluble thermoplastic resin; and step 2 of removing the water-soluble thermoplastic resin by washing with water or an alcohol.
6. The method for producing polyarylene sulfide copolymer particles according to the above item 5, wherein the viscosity ratio ηa/ηb of the melt viscosity (ηa) of the polyarylene sulfide copolymer to the melt viscosity (ηb) of the water-soluble thermoplastic resin is 0.1 or more and 1,000 or less.
7. A dispersion in which the polyarylene sulfide copolymer particles according to any one of 1 to 4 above are dispersed in a liquid.
8. A three-dimensional object molded from the polyarylene sulfide copolymer particles according to any one of 1 to 4 above.
9. A method for producing a reinforced fiber composite substrate, comprising the steps of dispersing the polyarylene sulfide copolymer particles according to any one of 1 to 4 above in reinforcing fibers, and melting the polyarylene sulfide copolymer particles to impregnate the reinforcing fibers.
10. A reinforcing fiber composite substrate produced by the method for producing a reinforcing fiber composite substrate according to 9 above.
11. A molded article obtained by molding the reinforcing fiber composite substrate of 10 above.
12. The molded article according to claim 11, which is an aircraft structural member.

 本発明によれば、高いガラス転移点、および高い真球度を有するポリアリーレンスルフィド共重合体粒子およびその簡便かつ安全な製造方法を提供することができる。 The present invention provides polyarylene sulfide copolymer particles with a high glass transition temperature and high sphericity, as well as a simple and safe method for producing the same.

 また、本発明のポリアリーレンスルフィド共重合体粒子を用いて、高い造形物密度を有し、表面品位に優れる三次元造形物を得ることができる。また、本発明のポリアリーレンスルフィド共重合体粒子は、強化繊維中に分散する際の分散性に優れ、機械物性に優れる強化繊維複合基材、およびそれからなる成形品を得ることができる。 Furthermore, the polyarylene sulfide copolymer particles of the present invention can be used to obtain three-dimensional objects having high object density and excellent surface quality. Furthermore, the polyarylene sulfide copolymer particles of the present invention have excellent dispersibility when dispersed in reinforcing fibers, making it possible to obtain reinforced fiber composite substrates with excellent mechanical properties, and molded articles made thereof.

 以下に、本発明の実施の形態を詳細に説明する。 The following describes in detail an embodiment of the present invention.

 [ポリアリーレンスルフィド共重合体粒子]
 ポリアリーレンスルフィド共重合体粒子のガラス転移点の下限は95℃以上であり、100℃以上が好ましく、110℃以上がより好ましい。ガラス転移点が95℃未満では高温条件下において高い剛性が得られない。ガラス転移点の上限は190℃以下であり、180℃以下が好ましく、160℃以下がより好ましい。ガラス転移点が190℃を超えると成形品の耐薬品性が不足する。ガラス転移点は、ポリアリーレンスルフィド共重合体粒子を、示差走査熱量計を用いて20℃/分の速度で0℃から340℃まで昇温した際に検出されるベースラインシフトの変曲点と定義する。
[Polyarylene sulfide copolymer particles]
The lower limit of the glass transition point of the polyarylene sulfide copolymer particles is 95°C or higher, preferably 100°C or higher, and more preferably 110°C or higher. If the glass transition point is below 95°C, high rigidity cannot be obtained under high temperature conditions. The upper limit of the glass transition point is 190°C or lower, preferably 180°C or lower, and more preferably 160°C or lower. If the glass transition point exceeds 190°C, the chemical resistance of the molded product will be insufficient. The glass transition point is defined as the inflection point of the baseline shift detected when the polyarylene sulfide copolymer particles are heated from 0°C to 340°C at a rate of 20°C/min using a differential scanning calorimeter.

 上記範囲のガラス転移点を有するポリアリーレンスルフィド共重合体粒子とするためには、例えばポリアリーレンスルフィド共重合体粒子を構成するポリアリーレンスルフィド共重合体の分子構造にスルホニル基、スルフィニル基、エステル基、アミド基、イミド基、エーテル基、ウレア基、ウレタン基、およびシロキサン基といった剛直な結合基を含有することが挙げられる。 In order to obtain polyarylene sulfide copolymer particles having a glass transition temperature within the above range, for example, the molecular structure of the polyarylene sulfide copolymer that constitutes the polyarylene sulfide copolymer particles may contain rigid bonding groups such as sulfonyl groups, sulfinyl groups, ester groups, amide groups, imide groups, ether groups, urea groups, urethane groups, and siloxane groups.

 ポリアリーレンスルフィド共重合体粒子の結晶化温度は150℃以上が好ましく、160℃以上がより好ましく、170℃以上がさらに好ましい。結晶化温度の下限が上記範囲であることで、成形加工時や、充填材およびその他添加剤から選ばれる成分を配合して樹脂組成物を製造する際に結晶化しやすく、機械特性や耐薬品性が優れ、生産性が向上する傾向にある。結晶化温度の上限に特に制限はないが、一般的に、235℃以下の範囲が例示できる。結晶化温度は、ポリアリーレンスルフィド共重合体粒子を、示差走査熱量計を用いて20℃/分の速度で0℃から340℃まで昇温した後、340℃で1分間保持し、20℃/分の速度で100℃まで降温した際に検出される結晶化ピーク温度の値とする。 The crystallization temperature of the polyarylene sulfide copolymer particles is preferably 150°C or higher, more preferably 160°C or higher, and even more preferably 170°C or higher. Having a lower limit for the crystallization temperature within the above range facilitates crystallization during molding and when blending components selected from fillers and other additives to produce a resin composition, which tends to result in excellent mechanical properties and chemical resistance and improved productivity. There is no particular upper limit for the crystallization temperature, but a range of 235°C or lower is typically used. The crystallization temperature is the peak crystallization temperature detected when the polyarylene sulfide copolymer particles are heated from 0°C to 340°C at a rate of 20°C/min using a differential scanning calorimeter, then held at 340°C for 1 minute, and then cooled to 100°C at a rate of 20°C/min.

 ポリアリーレンスルフィド共重合体粒子は、300℃以下の融点を有することが好ましく、270℃以下であることがより好ましく、260℃以下であることがさらに好ましい。融点の上限が上記範囲であることで溶融成形加工が容易になる。また、200℃以上の融点を有することが好ましく、220℃以上の融点を有することがさらに好ましい。融点の下限が上記範囲であることで三次元造形物や強化繊維複合基材およびそれからなる成形品を得た際に十分な耐熱性が得られるため好ましい。融点は、ポリアリーレンスルフィド共重合体粒子を、示差走査熱量計を用いて20℃/分の速度で0℃から340℃まで昇温した後、340℃で1分間保持し、20℃/分の速度で100℃まで降温した後、100℃で1分間保持し、再度20℃/分の速度で340℃まで昇温した際に検出される融解ピーク温度の値とする。 The polyarylene sulfide copolymer particles preferably have a melting point of 300°C or less, more preferably 270°C or less, and even more preferably 260°C or less. Having an upper melting point within the above range facilitates melt molding processing. Furthermore, a melting point of 200°C or more is preferable, and a melting point of 220°C or more is even more preferable. Having a lower melting point within the above range is preferable because sufficient heat resistance is obtained when three-dimensional objects, reinforced fiber composite substrates, and molded articles made therefrom are obtained. The melting point is the melting peak temperature detected when the polyarylene sulfide copolymer particles are heated from 0°C to 340°C using a differential scanning calorimeter at a rate of 20°C/min, held at 340°C for 1 minute, cooled to 100°C at a rate of 20°C/min, held at 100°C for 1 minute, and then heated again to 340°C at a rate of 20°C/min.

 ポリアリーレンスルフィド共重合体粒子を形成するポリアリーレンスルフィド共重合体は、アリーレンスルフィド単位を70モル%以上含有する共重合体であり、好ましくは80モル%以上含有する共重合体である。ここで、アリーレンスルフィド単位とは、式-(Ar-S)-で表される繰り返し単位である。Arとしては下記の式(I)~式(XI)で表される単位から選ばれた単位などがある。なかでも式(I)で表される単位が特に好ましい。 The polyarylene sulfide copolymer that forms the polyarylene sulfide copolymer particles is a copolymer containing 70 mol% or more of arylene sulfide units, preferably 80 mol% or more. Here, the arylene sulfide unit is a repeating unit represented by the formula -(Ar-S)-. Ar can be a unit selected from the units represented by the following formulas (I) to (XI). Of these, the unit represented by formula (I) is particularly preferred.

、Rは水素、炭素原子数1~12のアルキル基、炭素原子数1~12のアルコキシ基、炭素数6~24のアリール基、ハロゲン基および反応性官能基から選ばれた置換基であり、RとRは同一でも異なっていてもよい。 R 1 and R 2 are substituents selected from hydrogen, alkyl groups having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, alkoxy groups having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, aryl groups having 6 to 24 carbon atoms, halogen groups, and reactive functional groups, and R 1 and R 2 may be the same or different.

 上記の繰り返し単位を上記の範囲で含む限り、少量の単位として、下記の式(XII)~式(XIV)などで表される分岐単位または架橋単位をさらに含むことができる。これら分岐単位または架橋単位の共重合量は、-(Ar-S)-の単位1モルに対して0~1モル%の範囲であることが好ましい。 As long as the repeating units described above are contained within the above ranges, small amounts of branching units or crosslinking units represented by the following formulas (XII) to (XIV) may also be contained. The copolymerization amount of these branching units or crosslinking units is preferably in the range of 0 to 1 mol % per mole of -(Ar-S)- units.

ここで、Arは先の式(I)~式(XI)で表される単位から選ばれた単位である。 Here, Ar is a unit selected from the units represented by formulas (I) to (XI).

 アリーレンスルフィド単位は、上記繰り返し単位を含むランダム共重合体、ブロック共重合体およびそれらの混合物のいずれかであってもよい。 The arylene sulfide unit may be a random copolymer, a block copolymer, or a mixture thereof containing the above repeating units.

 これらの代表的なものとして、ポリフェニレンスルフィド、ポリフェニレンスルフィドスルホン、ポリフェニレンスルフィドケトン、これらのランダム共重合体、ブロック共重合体およびそれらの混合物などが挙げられる。特に好ましいポリアリーレンスルフィドとしては、ポリマーの主要構成単位として下記式(XV)で表されるp-フェニレンスルフィド単位 Representative examples of these include polyphenylene sulfide, polyphenylene sulfide sulfone, polyphenylene sulfide ketone, their random copolymers, block copolymers, and mixtures thereof. Particularly preferred polyarylene sulfides contain p-phenylene sulfide units represented by the following formula (XV) as the main structural unit of the polymer.

を80モル%以上、特に90モル%以上含有するポリフェニレンスルフィドが挙げられる。 Examples include polyphenylene sulfides containing 80 mol % or more, particularly 90 mol % or more.

 ポリアリーレンスルフィド共重合体粒子を形成するポリアリーレンスルフィド共重合体中の、アリーレンスルフィド単位の数平均分子量Mnの下限は1,000以上が好ましく、1,500以上がより好ましく、2,000以上がさらに好ましい。アリーレンスルフィド単位の数平均分子量が上記範囲であることで、高い耐薬品性が得られる傾向にある。アリーレンスルフィド単位の数平均分子量の上限は10,000以下が好ましく、6,000以下がより好ましく、4,000以下がさらに好ましい。アリーレンスルフィド単位の数平均分子量が上記範囲であることで、高い耐熱性が得られる傾向にある。 The lower limit of the number average molecular weight Mn of the arylene sulfide units in the polyarylene sulfide copolymer that forms the polyarylene sulfide copolymer particles is preferably 1,000 or more, more preferably 1,500 or more, and even more preferably 2,000 or more. Having the number average molecular weight of the arylene sulfide units in the above range tends to provide high chemical resistance. The upper limit of the number average molecular weight of the arylene sulfide units is preferably 10,000 or less, more preferably 6,000 or less, and even more preferably 4,000 or less. Having the number average molecular weight of the arylene sulfide units in the above range tends to provide high heat resistance.

 ここで、ポリアリーレンスルフィド共重合体中のアリーレンスルフィド単位の数平均分子量とは、ポリアリーレンスルフィド共重合体中のうち、後述するポリアリーレンスルフィド(A)に由来する部分の数平均分子量のことである。ポリアリーレンスルフィド共重合体中のアリーレンスルフィド単位の数平均分子量は、後述する方法によって、ポリアリーレンスルフィド共重合体の結合基を分解させて得られる残渣(アリーレンスルフィド単位に相当する)の分子量を測定することで求めることができる。結合基を分解させる方法としては、結合基の種類に応じた公知の方法が採用できる。例えば、結合基がイミド基の場合にはポリイミドを分解させる方法が採用できる。特開2006-124530号公報に記載の方法により、ポリアリーレンスルフィド共重合体を水酸化ナトリウム水溶液中で処理する方法や、特開2001-163973号公報に記載の、ポリアリーレンスルフィド共重合体を水またはアルコールと共存させて110℃以上、1MPa以上の高温高圧下で反応させる方法により、結合基を分解させることができる。 Here, the number average molecular weight of the arylene sulfide units in the polyarylene sulfide copolymer refers to the number average molecular weight of the portion of the polyarylene sulfide copolymer derived from the polyarylene sulfide (A) described below. The number average molecular weight of the arylene sulfide units in the polyarylene sulfide copolymer can be determined by measuring the molecular weight of the residue (corresponding to the arylene sulfide units) obtained by decomposing the linking groups of the polyarylene sulfide copolymer using the method described below. As a method for decomposing the linking groups, known methods depending on the type of linking group can be used. For example, if the linking group is an imide group, a method of decomposing polyimide can be used. The bonding groups can be decomposed by treating the polyarylene sulfide copolymer in an aqueous sodium hydroxide solution as described in JP 2006-124530 A, or by reacting the polyarylene sulfide copolymer in the presence of water or alcohol at high temperatures and pressures of 110°C or higher and 1 MPa or higher as described in JP 2001-163973 A.

 ポリアリーレンスルフィド共重合体中のアリーレンスルフィド単位の数平均分子量を上記の範囲とするためには、ポリアリーレンスルフィド共重合体の製造において、後述する、数平均分子量Mnが1,000以上10,000以下であるポリアリーレンスルフィド(A)を用いることが好ましい。重量平均分子量および数平均分子量は、例えば示差屈折率検出器を具備したSEC(サイズ排除クロマトグラフィー)を使用して求めることができる。 In order to set the number average molecular weight of the arylene sulfide units in the polyarylene sulfide copolymer within the above range, it is preferable to use a polyarylene sulfide (A) having a number average molecular weight Mn of 1,000 or more and 10,000 or less, as described below, in the production of the polyarylene sulfide copolymer. The weight average molecular weight and number average molecular weight can be determined, for example, using SEC (size exclusion chromatography) equipped with a differential refractive index detector.

 ポリアリーレンスルフィド共重合体粒子を形成するポリアリーレンスルフィド共重合体は、アリーレンスルフィド単位以外に、共重合成分に由来する構造を含む。ポリアリーレンスルフィド共重合体に含まれる共重合成分に由来する構造としては、芳香環を含む構造が例示される。好ましくは前記式(a)~(s)で示される構造から選ばれた構造であり、より好ましくは前記式(a)~(e)、(i)および(j)で示される構造から選ばれた構造であり、なかでも前記式(i)で示される構造が特に好ましい。これらの構造を含むことで、十分な機械物性や耐薬品性、高温における剛性を発現する傾向にある。 The polyarylene sulfide copolymer that forms the polyarylene sulfide copolymer particles contains, in addition to arylene sulfide units, structures derived from the copolymerization components. Examples of structures derived from the copolymerization components contained in the polyarylene sulfide copolymer include structures containing aromatic rings. Structures selected from the structures represented by formulas (a) to (s) above are preferred, and structures selected from the structures represented by formulas (a) to (e), (i), and (j) above are more preferred, with the structure represented by formula (i) being particularly preferred. The inclusion of these structures tends to result in sufficient mechanical properties, chemical resistance, and rigidity at high temperatures.

ここでR、R、およびRは水素、炭素原子数1~12のアルキル基、炭素原子数6~24のアリーレン基、およびハロゲン基から選ばれる置換基であり、R、R、およびRは同一でも異なっていてもよい。 Here, R 3 , R 4 , and R 5 are substituents selected from hydrogen, alkyl groups having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, arylene groups having 6 to 24 carbon atoms, and halogen groups, and R 3 , R 4 , and R 5 may be the same or different.

 ポリアリーレンスルフィド共重合体粒子を形成するポリアリーレンスルフィド共重合体中の、アリーレンスルフィド単位と共重合成分は、これらが各繰り返し単位以外の構造を介して連結されていても、繰り返し単位に由来する末端基同士が直接連結していてもよい。アリーレンスルフィド単位と共重合成分は、スルホニル基、スルフィニル基、エステル基、アミド基、イミド基、エーテル基、ウレア基、ウレタン基、およびシロキサン基から選択される少なくとも一つの結合基で連結されることが好ましい。なかでも、イミド基で連結されることがより好ましい。イミド基で連結されることにより、高温においてより高い剛性が発現する傾向にある。 In the polyarylene sulfide copolymer that forms the polyarylene sulfide copolymer particles, the arylene sulfide units and copolymerization components may be linked via a structure other than each repeating unit, or the end groups derived from the repeating units may be directly linked to each other. The arylene sulfide units and copolymerization components are preferably linked via at least one bonding group selected from sulfonyl groups, sulfinyl groups, ester groups, amide groups, imide groups, ether groups, urea groups, urethane groups, and siloxane groups. Of these, linking via an imide group is more preferred. Linking via an imide group tends to exhibit higher rigidity at high temperatures.

 アリーレンスルフィド単位と共重合成分を連結する結合基量の下限は、ポリアリーレンスルフィド共重合体中に含まれる硫黄原子に対して1モル%以上が好ましく、2モル%以上がより好ましく、4モル%以上がさらに好ましい。結合基量を上記の範囲とすることで、高温条件下における剛性低下を十分に抑制できる傾向にある。結合基量の上限は、60モル%以下が好ましく、40モル%以下がより好ましく、30モル%以下がさらに好ましく、20モル%以下がよりいっそう好ましい。結合基量が多くなると耐薬品性が低下する傾向にあるが、上記の範囲とすることで、十分な機械物性や耐薬品性を発現する傾向にある。なお、結合基量は、ポリアリーレンスルフィド共重合体の製造に用いる、後述するポリアリーレンスルフィド(A)が含有する官能基量、および、化合物(B)が含有する官能基量を用いて計算によって求めることも可能であるし、ポリアリーレンスルフィド共重合体粒子のFT-IRスペクトルあるいはNMRスペクトルを用いた測定により求めることも可能である。 The lower limit of the amount of linking groups connecting the arylene sulfide units and copolymerization components is preferably 1 mol% or more, more preferably 2 mol% or more, and even more preferably 4 mol% or more, relative to the sulfur atoms contained in the polyarylene sulfide copolymer. By keeping the amount of linking groups within the above range, it tends to be possible to sufficiently suppress a decrease in rigidity under high-temperature conditions. The upper limit of the amount of linking groups is preferably 60 mol% or less, more preferably 40 mol% or less, even more preferably 30 mol% or less, and even more preferably 20 mol% or less. While a large amount of linking groups tends to decrease chemical resistance, keeping it within the above range tends to exhibit sufficient mechanical properties and chemical resistance. The amount of linking groups can be calculated using the amount of functional groups contained in the polyarylene sulfide (A) and the amount of functional groups contained in the compound (B), which are described below and are used in the production of the polyarylene sulfide copolymer, or it can be determined by measuring the FT-IR spectrum or NMR spectrum of the polyarylene sulfide copolymer particles.

 ポリアリーレンスルフィド共重合体粒子に含まれるポリアリーレンスルフィド共重合体の重量平均分子量の下限は、30,000以上が好ましく、40,000以上がより好ましく、50,000以上がさらに好ましい。重量平均分子量が30,000未満の場合は、ポリアリーレンスルフィド共重合体粒子の機械特性が低くなる傾向にある。重量平均分子量の上限に特に制限はないが、200,000以下を好ましく例示でき、150,000以下がより好ましく、100,000以下がさらに好ましい。重量平均分子量の上限が上記範囲であることで、ポリアリーレンスルフィド共重合体粒子の成形性が優れる傾向にある。なお、前記重量平均分子量は、例えば示差屈折率検出器を使用したSEC(サイズ排除クロマトグラフィー)を使用して求めることができる。 The lower limit of the weight-average molecular weight of the polyarylene sulfide copolymer contained in the polyarylene sulfide copolymer particles is preferably 30,000 or more, more preferably 40,000 or more, and even more preferably 50,000 or more. If the weight-average molecular weight is less than 30,000, the mechanical properties of the polyarylene sulfide copolymer particles tend to be poor. There is no particular upper limit to the weight-average molecular weight, but preferred examples include 200,000 or less, more preferably 150,000 or less, and even more preferably 100,000 or less. When the upper limit of the weight-average molecular weight is within the above range, the polyarylene sulfide copolymer particles tend to have excellent moldability. The weight-average molecular weight can be determined, for example, using SEC (size exclusion chromatography) using a differential refractive index detector.

 ポリアリーレンスルフィド共重合体粒子のメディアン径D50の下限は1μm以上である。D50が1μm未満の場合は、嵩密度が小さくなり取り扱い性が低下したり、微細なために例えば三次元造形においてリコーターなどに付着しやすくなり取り扱い性が低下する。D50の上限は1000μmである。D50は150μm以下が好ましく、100μm以下がより好ましく、70μm以下がさらに好ましく、50μm以下が最も好ましい。D50が1000μmを超えると、三次元造形において粒子サイズが積層高さ以上となり表面が粗くなることや、充填材および/またはその他添加剤を配合して樹脂組成物を製造する場合に均質な樹脂組成物を得られなくなることが生じる。三次元造形において表面が平滑な成形品を得る点、および樹脂組成物を製造する場合に均質な樹脂組成物を得る点から、D50は150μm以下であることが好ましい。メディアン径D50は、レーザー回折式粒径分布計にて測定される粒度分布の小粒径側からの累積度数が50%となる粒径である。メディアン径D50が1000μm以下となるポリアリーレンスルフィド共重合体粒子は、後述する製造方法で製造することができる。また、メディアン径D50は、例えばポリアリーレンスルフィド共重合体を溶解させる溶媒の種類、ポリアリーレンスルフィド共重合体と溶媒の比率、ポリアリーレンスルフィド共重合体を析出させる際の冷却速度、撹拌などで調整することができる。 The lower limit of the median diameter D50 of the polyarylene sulfide copolymer particles is 1 μm or more. If D50 is less than 1 μm, the bulk density will be small, reducing handleability, and the particles will be so fine that they tend to adhere to a recoater, for example, during three-dimensional modeling, reducing handleability. The upper limit of D50 is 1000 μm. D50 is preferably 150 μm or less, more preferably 100 μm or less, even more preferably 70 μm or less, and most preferably 50 μm or less. If D50 exceeds 1000 μm, the particle size will exceed the stack height during three-dimensional modeling, resulting in a rough surface. Furthermore, when a resin composition is manufactured by blending fillers and/or other additives, a homogeneous resin composition cannot be obtained. From the viewpoint of obtaining molded products with smooth surfaces during three-dimensional modeling and obtaining a homogeneous resin composition during resin composition manufacturing, D50 is preferably 150 μm or less. The median diameter D50 is the particle size at which the cumulative frequency from the small particle size side of the particle size distribution measured with a laser diffraction particle size distribution analyzer is 50%. Polyarylene sulfide copolymer particles having a median diameter D50 of 1000 μm or less can be produced by the production method described below. The median diameter D50 can be adjusted, for example, by the type of solvent used to dissolve the polyarylene sulfide copolymer, the ratio of the polyarylene sulfide copolymer to the solvent, the cooling rate during precipitation of the polyarylene sulfide copolymer, stirring, etc.

 ポリアリーレンスルフィド共重合体粒子の粒度分布は、10以下が好ましく、7以下がより好ましく、5以下がさらに好ましく、4以下がよりいっそう好ましく、3以下がさらにいっそう好ましい。粒度分布は、レーザー回折式粒径分布計にて測定される、D90とD10の比であるD90/D10で表される。D90/D10の下限値は理論上1.0である。D90/D10の上限が上記範囲であることで、三次元造形や樹脂組成物製造において、粒子サイズの差による融解性の差が低減して均質な造形物や樹脂組成物を得られる傾向にある。D90/D10は、前記したレーザー回折式粒径分布計により測定した粒度分布の小粒径側からの累積度数が90%となる粒径(D90)を小粒径側からの累積度数が10%となる粒径(D10)で除した値である。D90/D10が上記範囲となるポリアリーレンスルフィド共重合体粒子は、後述する製造方法で製造することができる。また、D90/D10は、例えばポリアリーレンスルフィド共重合体粒子を析出させる際の冷却速度、撹拌などで調整することができる。 The particle size distribution of polyarylene sulfide copolymer particles is preferably 10 or less, more preferably 7 or less, even more preferably 5 or less, even more preferably 4 or less, and even more preferably 3 or less. The particle size distribution is expressed as D90/D10, the ratio of D90 to D10, measured using a laser diffraction particle size distribution analyzer. Theoretically, the lower limit of D90/D10 is 1.0. By keeping the upper limit of D90/D10 within the above range, differences in melting properties due to differences in particle size tend to be reduced in three-dimensional modeling and resin composition production, resulting in more homogeneous models and resin compositions. D90/D10 is the particle size (D90) at which the cumulative frequency from the small particle size side of the particle size distribution measured using the laser diffraction particle size distribution analyzer described above is 90%, divided by the particle size (D10) at which the cumulative frequency from the small particle size side is 10%. Polyarylene sulfide copolymer particles having a D90/D10 ratio within the above range can be produced by the production method described below. Furthermore, D90/D10 can be adjusted, for example, by the cooling rate and stirring when precipitating the polyarylene sulfide copolymer particles.

 ポリアリーレンスルフィド共重合体粒子の真球性を示す真球度は、80以上であり、90以上であることがより好ましい。真球度が80未満であると、三次元造形において十分な流動性が得られず表面が粗くなる傾向にある。また、充填材および/またはその他添加剤を配合して樹脂組成物を製造する場合に均質な樹脂組成物が得づらい傾向にある。また、ポリアリーレンスルフィド共重合体粒子を分散液として用いる場合は、分散液の粘度が高くなり、取り扱い性が悪くなる傾向にある。真球度の上限は理論上100であり、100以下の範囲であれば差し支えない。真球度の上限は99以下が好ましい。真球度は、ポリアリーレンスルフィド共重合体粒子の光学顕微鏡の写真から無作為に30個の粒子について短径と長径を観察し、下記数式に従い算出される。 The sphericity, which indicates the sphericity of the polyarylene sulfide copolymer particles, is 80 or more, and more preferably 90 or more. If the sphericity is less than 80, sufficient fluidity cannot be obtained during three-dimensional modeling, and the surface tends to become rough. Furthermore, when a resin composition is manufactured by blending fillers and/or other additives, it tends to be difficult to obtain a homogeneous resin composition. Furthermore, when the polyarylene sulfide copolymer particles are used as a dispersion, the viscosity of the dispersion tends to increase, making it difficult to handle. Theoretically, the upper limit of sphericity is 100, and any value below 100 is acceptable. The upper limit of sphericity is preferably 99 or less. The sphericity is calculated by observing the minor axis and major axis of 30 randomly selected particles in an optical microscope photograph of the polyarylene sulfide copolymer particles, and using the following formula:

 なお、数式において、Sは真球度、nは測定数、aはi番目の粒子の長径、bはi番目の粒子の短径である。測定数nは30とする。真球度が上記範囲となるポリアリーレンスルフィド共重合体粒子は、後述する製造方法で製造することができる。 In the formula, S is the sphericity, n is the number of measurements, a i is the major axis of the i-th particle, and b i is the minor axis of the i-th particle. The number of measurements, n, is 30. Polyarylene sulfide copolymer particles having a sphericity within the above range can be produced by the production method described below.

 ポリアリーレンスルフィド共重合体粒子表面の平滑性や内部の中実性は、ガス吸着によるBET比表面積によって表すことが可能である。樹脂粒子の表面が平滑、かつ、粒子の内部が中実であると、粒子の表面積が小さくなり、流動性が向上し、得られる造形物の表面が滑らかになり好ましい。ここでは、BET比表面積は小さくなるほど、表面が平滑であることを意味する。具体的には、BET比表面積が10m/g以下であることが好ましく、より好ましくは5m/g以下であり、さらに好ましくは3m/g以下であり、特に好ましくは1m/g以下であり、最も好ましくは0.5m/g以下である。またその下限値は粒子径が100μmであった場合に理論上0.05m/gである。 The surface smoothness and internal solidity of polyarylene sulfide copolymer particles can be expressed by the BET specific surface area determined by gas adsorption. When the resin particle surface is smooth and the particle interior is solid, the particle surface area is reduced, fluidity is improved, and the surface of the resulting shaped object is smoother, which is preferable. Here, the smaller the BET specific surface area, the smoother the surface. Specifically, the BET specific surface area is preferably 10 m 2 /g or less, more preferably 5 m 2 /g or less, even more preferably 3 m 2 /g or less, particularly preferably 1 m 2 /g or less, and most preferably 0.5 m 2 /g or less. Theoretically, the lower limit is 0.05 m 2 /g when the particle diameter is 100 μm.

 なお、BET比表面積は日本工業規格(JIS規格)JIS R 1626(1996)「気体吸着BET法による比表面積の測定方法」に準じて測定できる。 The BET specific surface area can be measured in accordance with Japanese Industrial Standards (JIS) JIS R 1626 (1996) "Method for measuring specific surface area by the gas adsorption BET method."

 ポリアリーレンスルフィド共重合体粒子の中実性は、BET比表面積と理論比表面積の比によって評価することができる。BET比表面積と理論比表面積の比が1に近いほど表面平滑で中実な粒子であることを示す。上記比は5以下が好ましく、4以下がより好ましく、3以下がさらに好ましく、2以下が最も好ましい。その下限値は理論上1である。BET比表面積と理論比表面積の比が上記範囲であることでポリアリーレンスルフィド共重合体粒子を複合材料の成形に用いたときにボイドの発生を抑制でき、優れた機械物性を発現するため好ましい。また、粉末床溶融結合方式での三次元造形の原料として用いた際には、三次元造形物内外に生じるボイドの発生を抑制し、優れた外観および機械物性を発現するため好ましい。理論比表面積は、ポリアリーレンスルフィド共重合体粒子が完全に球体であると仮定して、ポリアリーレンスルフィド共重合体粒子のD50粒子径および密度から、単一球の表面積と重量を算出し、該表面積と重量の比によって表すことができる。 The solidity of polyarylene sulfide copolymer particles can be evaluated by the ratio of BET specific surface area to theoretical specific surface area. The closer the ratio of BET specific surface area to theoretical specific surface area is to 1, the smoother the surface and the more solid the particles. The above ratio is preferably 5 or less, more preferably 4 or less, even more preferably 3 or less, and most preferably 2 or less. Theoretically, the lower limit is 1. Having the ratio of BET specific surface area to theoretical specific surface area in the above range is preferable because it can suppress the generation of voids when polyarylene sulfide copolymer particles are used to mold composite materials and exhibit excellent mechanical properties. It is also preferable because when used as a raw material for three-dimensional modeling using powder bed fusion, it suppresses the generation of voids inside and outside the three-dimensional model and exhibits excellent appearance and mechanical properties. The theoretical specific surface area can be expressed as the ratio of the surface area to the weight of a single sphere calculated from the D50 particle size and density of the polyarylene sulfide copolymer particles, assuming that the polyarylene sulfide copolymer particles are perfectly spherical.

 本発明のポリアリーレンスルフィド共重合体粒子は加熱・溶融時に発生する有機ガス量が少ないことが好ましい。本発明のポリアリーレンスルフィド共重合体粒子を使用して積層・溶融により三次元造形物を得ることや、強化繊維中に分散・溶融含浸することで機械物性に優れる強化繊維複合基材、およびそれからなる成形品を得ることができる。いずれの工程もポリアリーレンスルフィド共重合体粒子を加熱・溶融する工程を含んでおり、三次元造形物・強化繊維複合基材およびそれからなる成形品中にボイドが混入することを防止する観点および作業者の安全を確保する観点で有機ガス量が少ないことが好ましい。以上の観点から、本発明のポリアリーレンスルフィド共重合体粒子は最終的に水での洗浄後に乾燥したものであることが好ましい。 It is preferable that the polyarylene sulfide copolymer particles of the present invention generate a small amount of organic gas when heated and melted. The polyarylene sulfide copolymer particles of the present invention can be used to obtain three-dimensional objects by lamination and melting, or to obtain reinforced fiber composite substrates with excellent mechanical properties and molded articles made therefrom by dispersing and melting the particles in reinforcing fibers. Both processes involve heating and melting the polyarylene sulfide copolymer particles, and it is preferable that the amount of organic gas is small from the perspective of preventing the incorporation of voids into the three-dimensional objects, reinforcing fiber composite substrates, and molded articles made therefrom, and from the perspective of ensuring worker safety. From the above perspectives, it is preferable that the polyarylene sulfide copolymer particles of the present invention are finally washed with water and then dried.

 [ポリアリーレンスルフィド共重合体の製造方法]
 本発明で用いるポリアリーレンスルフィド共重合体は、数平均分子量Mnが1,000以上10,000以下であるポリアリーレンスルフィド(A)、および式(a’)~(u’)から選ばれる少なくとも一つの化合物(B)(以下、化合物(B)と略記する場合がある。)を加熱する方法により製造することが好ましい。
[Method for producing polyarylene sulfide copolymer]
The polyarylene sulfide copolymer used in the present invention is preferably produced by a method of heating polyarylene sulfide (A) having a number average molecular weight Mn of 1,000 or more and 10,000 or less, and at least one compound (B) selected from the formulae (a') to (u') (hereinafter, may be abbreviated as compound (B)).

ここで、Xは隣接する2つの炭素原子にそれぞれ結合された2つのカルボキシル基もしくはその2つのカルボキシル基に由来する酸無水物基、アミノ基、ヒドロキシル基、カルボキシル基、シラノール基、スルホン酸基、アセトアミド基、スルホンアミド基、シアノ基、イソシアネート基、アルデヒド基、アセチル基、エポキシ基、およびアルコキシシリル基からから選ばれる少なくとも一つの基である。R、R、およびRはそれぞれ水素、炭素原子数1~12のアルキル基、炭素原子数6~24のアリーレン基、およびハロゲン基から選ばれる置換基であり、R、R、およびRは同一でも異なっていてもよい。 wherein X is at least one group selected from two carboxyl groups bonded to two adjacent carbon atoms, or an acid anhydride group derived from the two carboxyl groups, an amino group, a hydroxyl group, a carboxyl group, a silanol group, a sulfonic acid group, an acetamide group, a sulfonamide group, a cyano group, an isocyanate group, an aldehyde group, an acetyl group, an epoxy group, and an alkoxysilyl group. R 3 , R 4 , and R 5 are each a substituent selected from hydrogen, an alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, an arylene group having 6 to 24 carbon atoms, and a halogen group, and R 3 , R 4 , and R 5 may be the same or different.

 [ポリアリーレンスルフィド(A)]
 ポリアリーレンスルフィド(A)とは、式、-(Ar-S)-で表される繰り返し単位を主要構成単位とするホモポリマーまたはコポリマーである。ここで、主要構造単位とするとは、当該繰り返し単位を70モル%以上含有することをいう。Arとしては前記式(I)~式(XI)などで表される単位などがあるが、なかでも式(I)で表される単位が特に好ましい。
[Polyarylene sulfide (A)]
The polyarylene sulfide (A) is a homopolymer or copolymer having a repeating unit represented by the formula -(Ar-S)- as a main structural unit. Here, "main structural unit" means that the repeating unit accounts for 70 mol % or more. Ar may be any of the units represented by the above formulas (I) to (XI), with the unit represented by formula (I) being particularly preferred.

 上記の繰り返し単位を上記の範囲で含む限り、少量の単位として、下記の式(XII)~式(XIV)などで表される分岐単位または架橋単位をさらに含むことができる。これら分岐単位または架橋単位の共重合量は、-(Ar-S)-の単位1モルに対して0~1モル%の範囲であることが好ましい。 As long as the repeating units described above are contained within the above ranges, small amounts of branching units or crosslinking units represented by the following formulas (XII) to (XIV) may also be contained. The copolymerization amount of these branching units or crosslinking units is preferably in the range of 0 to 1 mol % per mole of -(Ar-S)- units.

 ポリアリーレンスルフィド(A)は、上記繰り返し単位を含むランダム共重合体、ブロック共重合体およびそれらの混合物のいずれかであってもよい。 Polyarylene sulfide (A) may be a random copolymer, a block copolymer, or a mixture thereof containing the above repeating units.

 これらの代表的なものとして、ポリフェニレンスルフィド、ポリフェニレンスルフィドスルホン、ポリフェニレンスルフィドケトン、これらのランダム共重合体、ブロック共重合体およびそれらの混合物などが挙げられる。特に好ましいポリアリーレンスルフィドとしては、ポリマーの主要構成単位として前記式(XV)で表されるp-フェニレンスルフィド単位を好ましくは80モル%以上、特に好ましくは90モル%以上含有するポリフェニレンスルフィドが挙げられる。 Typical examples of these include polyphenylene sulfide, polyphenylene sulfide sulfone, polyphenylene sulfide ketone, their random copolymers, block copolymers, and mixtures thereof. Particularly preferred polyarylene sulfides include polyphenylene sulfides containing p-phenylene sulfide units represented by formula (XV) above as the main structural unit of the polymer, preferably at 80 mol % or more, and particularly preferably at 90 mol % or more.

 ポリアリーレンスルフィド(A)は官能基として、隣接する2つの炭素原子にそれぞれ結合された2つのカルボキシル基もしくはその2つのカルボキシル基に由来する酸無水物基、アミノ基、ヒドロキシル基、カルボキシル基、シラノール基、スルホン酸基、アセトアミド基、スルホンアミド基、シアノ基、イソシアネート基、アルデヒド基、アセチル基、エポキシ基、およびアルコキシシリル基からから選ばれる少なくとも一つの官能基を含有する。ポリアリーレンスルフィド(A)と後述する化合物(B)とを加熱してポリアリーレンスルフィド共重合体を製造する際の反応性の観点から、ポリアリーレンスルフィド(A)は官能基としてアミノ基、隣接する2つの炭素原子にそれぞれ結合された2つのカルボキシル基、およびその2つのカルボキシル基に由来する酸無水物基から選択される少なくとも一つの官能基を含有することが好ましい。さらに、ポリアリーレンスルフィド(A)の有する官能基と化合物(B)の有する官能基の組み合わせは、反応性の観点からアミノ基と酸無水物基の組み合わせであることがより好ましいことから、ポリアリーレンスルフィド(A)はアミノ基および/または酸無水物基を含有することがより好ましい。特に、後述する製造方法でポリアリーレンスルフィド(A)を製造する際の重合反応の容易さの観点から、ポリアリーレンスルフィド(A)の有する官能基はアミノ基であることが好ましく、それに伴い化合物(B)の有する官能基は酸無水物基であることが好ましい。ポリアリーレンスルフィド(A)の官能基の位置はポリアリーレンスルフィドの主鎖中であっても末端であってもよいが、末端に導入される方が官能基を有する他のポリマーや化合物との反応制御が容易であるため好ましく、後述するように化合物(B)との共重合反応を行う観点でも好ましい。官能基が末端に導入される場合は、Arと結合するSに対してp位であることが好ましい。また、上記Arに結合した官能基を有するポリアリーレンスルフィドも好ましい形態として例示できる。上記官能基は、後述する化合物(C)に由来する構造であり、詳細については後述する。 Polyarylene sulfide (A) contains, as a functional group, at least one functional group selected from two carboxyl groups bonded to two adjacent carbon atoms, or an acid anhydride group derived from the two carboxyl groups, an amino group, a hydroxyl group, a carboxyl group, a silanol group, a sulfonic acid group, an acetamide group, a sulfonamide group, a cyano group, an isocyanate group, an aldehyde group, an acetyl group, an epoxy group, and an alkoxysilyl group. From the viewpoint of reactivity when polyarylene sulfide (A) is heated with compound (B) described below to produce a polyarylene sulfide copolymer, it is preferable that polyarylene sulfide (A) contains, as a functional group, at least one functional group selected from an amino group, two carboxyl groups bonded to two adjacent carbon atoms, and an acid anhydride group derived from the two carboxyl groups. Furthermore, from the viewpoint of reactivity, the combination of the functional group of the polyarylene sulfide (A) and the functional group of the compound (B) is preferably a combination of an amino group and an acid anhydride group, and therefore, the polyarylene sulfide (A) preferably contains an amino group and/or an acid anhydride group. In particular, from the viewpoint of ease of polymerization reaction when producing the polyarylene sulfide (A) by the production method described below, the functional group of the polyarylene sulfide (A) is preferably an amino group, and accordingly, the functional group of the compound (B) is preferably an acid anhydride group. The position of the functional group of the polyarylene sulfide (A) may be in the main chain of the polyarylene sulfide or at the terminal, but introduction at the terminal is preferred because it is easier to control the reaction with other polymers or compounds having functional groups, and is also preferred from the viewpoint of copolymerization reaction with the compound (B) as described below. When the functional group is introduced at the terminal, it is preferably in the p-position relative to the S bonded to Ar. In addition, polyarylene sulfides having the functional group bonded to Ar can also be exemplified as preferred embodiments. The above functional group is a structure derived from compound (C) described below, and details will be provided later.

 ポリアリーレンスルフィド(A)が含有する官能基量の下限は400μmol/g以上であることが好ましく、500μmol/g以上であることがより好ましく、700μmol/g以上であることがさらに好ましい。官能基が上記の下限値以上であることで、得られるポリアリーレンスルフィド共重合体のガラス転移点が十分に高くなる傾向にある。また、官能基量の上限は5,000μmol/g以下が好ましく、4,000μmol/g以下がより好ましく、3,000μmol/g以下がさらに好ましい。官能基量が上記の上限値以下であることで、後述するポリアリーレンスルフィド共重合体を製造する際にポリアリーレンスルフィド共重合体の耐薬品性が低下することを防止できる傾向にある。なお、官能基が隣接する2つの炭素原子にそれぞれ結合された2つのカルボキシル基である場合、上記官能基とは、隣接する2つの炭素原子にそれぞれ結合された2つのカルボキシル基から生成する酸無水物基の量のことを指すものとする。ポリアリーレンスルフィド中の官能基は、ポリアリーレンスルフィドをFT-IR分析することによって、例えばベンゼン環由来の1901m-1における吸収に対するアミノ基由来の3382cm-1の吸収の強度、ベンゼン環由来の1901m-1における吸収に対する酸無水物基由来の1860cm-1の吸収の強度などを比較することで定量することができる。 The lower limit of the amount of functional groups contained in the polyarylene sulfide (A) is preferably 400 μmol/g or more, more preferably 500 μmol/g or more, and even more preferably 700 μmol/g or more. When the amount of functional groups is equal to or greater than the above lower limit, the glass transition temperature of the resulting polyarylene sulfide copolymer tends to be sufficiently high. Furthermore, the upper limit of the amount of functional groups is preferably 5,000 μmol/g or less, more preferably 4,000 μmol/g or less, and even more preferably 3,000 μmol/g or less. When the amount of functional groups is equal to or less than the above upper limit, a decrease in the chemical resistance of the polyarylene sulfide copolymer tends to be prevented when producing the polyarylene sulfide copolymer described below. Note that when the functional groups are two carboxyl groups bonded to two adjacent carbon atoms, respectively, the functional groups refer to the amount of acid anhydride groups generated from the two carboxyl groups bonded to two adjacent carbon atoms, respectively. The functional groups in the polyarylene sulfide can be quantified by subjecting the polyarylene sulfide to FT-IR analysis, for example, by comparing the intensity of the absorption at 3,382 cm −1 attributable to the amino group with the absorption at 1,901 m −1 attributable to the benzene ring, or the intensity of the absorption at 1,860 cm −1 attributable to the acid anhydride group with the absorption at 1,901 m −1 attributable to the benzene ring.

 ポリアリーレンスルフィド(A)の数平均分子量は1,000以上であることが好ましく、2,000以上がより好ましい。ポリアリーレンスルフィド(A)の数平均分子量が1,000以上であると、得られるポリアリーレンスルフィド共重合体の耐薬品性が高くなる。ポリアリーレンスルフィド(A)の数平均分子量の上限値は、10,000以下が好ましく、6,000以下がより好ましく、4,000以下がさらに好ましい。ポリアリーレンスルフィドの数平均分子量が10,000以下であると、得られるポリアリーレンスルフィド共重合体の耐熱性が高くなる。数平均分子量は、サイズ排除クロマトグラフィー(SEC)の一種であるゲルパーミエーションクロマトグラフィー(GPC)により、ポリスチレン換算で算出される値である。 The number average molecular weight of polyarylene sulfide (A) is preferably 1,000 or more, more preferably 2,000 or more. When the number average molecular weight of polyarylene sulfide (A) is 1,000 or more, the chemical resistance of the resulting polyarylene sulfide copolymer is enhanced. The upper limit of the number average molecular weight of polyarylene sulfide (A) is preferably 10,000 or less, more preferably 6,000 or less, and even more preferably 4,000 or less. When the number average molecular weight of polyarylene sulfide is 10,000 or less, the heat resistance of the resulting polyarylene sulfide copolymer is enhanced. The number average molecular weight is a value calculated in terms of polystyrene using gel permeation chromatography (GPC), a type of size exclusion chromatography (SEC).

 以下にポリアリーレンスルフィド(A)の製造方法について具体的に述べるが、下記方法に限定されるものではない。本発明においては、有機極性溶媒中で、少なくともジハロゲン化芳香族化合物、無機スルフィド化剤および化合物(C)をアルカリ金属水酸化物の存在下で反応させるポリアリーレンスルフィドの製造方法であって、反応容器中で無機スルフィド化剤1モルに対して化合物(C)を0.04モル以上0.5モル以下の範囲で存在させる方法が好ましい。化合物(C)については、後述する。また、ポリアリーレンスルフィド(A)が含有する官能基として隣接する2つの炭素原子にそれぞれ結合された2つのカルボキシル基またはその2つのカルボキシル基に由来する酸無水物基を選択する場合には、有機極性溶媒中で、少なくともジハロゲン化芳香族化合物、無機スルフィド化剤およびモノハロゲン化化合物をアルカリ金属水酸化物の存在下で反応させる、公知のポリアリーレンスルフィドの製造方法を採用することも、モノハロゲン化化合物の反応性、すなわちポリアリーレンスルフィド(A)への官能基導入の容易さの観点で有効である。ここで使用するモノハロゲン化化合物としては例えば、3-クロロフタル酸、4-クロロフタル酸などを挙げることができる。 The method for producing polyarylene sulfide (A) is described in detail below, but is not limited to the following method. In the present invention, a method for producing polyarylene sulfide involves reacting at least a dihalogenated aromatic compound, an inorganic sulfidizing agent, and compound (C) in an organic polar solvent in the presence of an alkali metal hydroxide. Preferably, compound (C) is present in the reaction vessel in an amount of 0.04 mol to 0.5 mol per mol of inorganic sulfidizing agent. Compound (C) will be described later. Furthermore, when two carboxyl groups bonded to two adjacent carbon atoms or acid anhydride groups derived from these two carboxyl groups are selected as functional groups contained in polyarylene sulfide (A), employing a known method for producing polyarylene sulfide in which at least a dihalogenated aromatic compound, an inorganic sulfidizing agent, and a monohalogenated compound are reacted in an organic polar solvent in the presence of an alkali metal hydroxide is also effective from the standpoint of the reactivity of the monohalogenated compound, i.e., the ease of introducing functional groups into polyarylene sulfide (A). Examples of monohalogenated compounds used here include 3-chlorophthalic acid and 4-chlorophthalic acid.

 [無機スルフィド化剤]
 ポリアリーレンスルフィド(A)の製造方法で用いられる無機スルフィド化剤とは、ジハロゲン化芳香族化合物にスルフィド結合を導入できるものであればよく、例えばアルカリ金属硫化物、アルカリ金属水硫化物、および硫化水素が挙げられる。
[Inorganic sulfidizing agent]
The inorganic sulfidizing agent used in the production method of polyarylene sulfide (A) may be any agent capable of introducing a sulfide bond into a dihalogenated aromatic compound, and examples thereof include alkali metal sulfides, alkali metal hydrosulfides, and hydrogen sulfide.

 アルカリ金属硫化物の具体例としては、例えば硫化リチウム、硫化ナトリウム、硫化カリウム、硫化ルビジウム、硫化セシウムおよびこれら2種類以上の混合物を挙げることができる。なかでも硫化リチウムおよび/または硫化ナトリウムが好ましく、硫化ナトリウムがより好ましく用いられる。これらのアルカリ金属硫化物は、水和物または水性混合物として、あるいは無水物の形で用いることができる。なお、水性混合物とは水溶液、もしくは水溶液と固体成分の混合物、もしくは水と固体成分の混合物のことを指す。一般的に入手できる安価なアルカリ金属硫化物は水和物または水性混合物であるので、この様な形態のアルカリ金属硫化物を用いることが好ましい。 Specific examples of alkali metal sulfides include lithium sulfide, sodium sulfide, potassium sulfide, rubidium sulfide, cesium sulfide, and mixtures of two or more of these. Of these, lithium sulfide and/or sodium sulfide are preferred, with sodium sulfide being more preferred. These alkali metal sulfides can be used as hydrates or aqueous mixtures, or in the anhydrous form. An aqueous mixture refers to an aqueous solution, a mixture of an aqueous solution and a solid component, or a mixture of water and a solid component. Generally available, inexpensive alkali metal sulfides are hydrates or aqueous mixtures, so it is preferable to use alkali metal sulfides in these forms.

 アルカリ金属水硫化物の具体例としては、例えば水硫化リチウム、水硫化ナトリウム、水硫化カリウム、水硫化ルビジウム、水硫化セシウムおよびこれら2種類以上の混合物を挙げることができる。なかでも水硫化リチウムおよび/または水硫化ナトリウムが好ましく、水硫化ナトリウムがより好ましく用いられる。 Specific examples of alkali metal hydrosulfides include lithium hydrosulfide, sodium hydrosulfide, potassium hydrosulfide, rubidium hydrosulfide, cesium hydrosulfide, and mixtures of two or more of these. Of these, lithium hydrosulfide and/or sodium hydrosulfide are preferred, with sodium hydrosulfide being more preferred.

 また、アルカリ金属水硫化物とアルカリ金属水酸化物から、反応系中で調製されるアルカリ金属硫化物も用いることができる。また、あらかじめアルカリ金属水硫化物とアルカリ金属水酸化物を接触させて調製したアルカリ金属硫化物も用いることができる。これらのアルカリ金属水硫化物およびアルカリ金属水酸化物は水和物または水性混合物として、あるいは無水物の形で用いることができる。水和物または水性混合物が入手のしやすさ、コストの観点から好ましい。 Alkali metal sulfides prepared in a reaction system from alkali metal hydrosulfide and alkali metal hydroxide can also be used. Alkali metal sulfides prepared in advance by bringing alkali metal hydrosulfide and alkali metal hydroxide into contact can also be used. These alkali metal hydrosulfides and alkali metal hydroxides can be used as hydrates, aqueous mixtures, or in the anhydrous form. Hydrates or aqueous mixtures are preferred from the standpoint of availability and cost.

 さらに、水酸化リチウム、水酸化ナトリウムなどのアルカリ金属水酸化物と硫化水素から反応系内で調製されるアルカリ金属硫化物も用いることができる。また、あらかじめ水酸化リチウム、水酸化ナトリウムなどのアルカリ金属水酸化物と硫化水素を接触させて調製したアルカリ金属硫化物を用いることもできる。硫化水素は気体状態、液体状態、水溶液状態のいずれの形態で用いても差し障りない。 In addition, alkali metal sulfides prepared in the reaction system from an alkali metal hydroxide such as lithium hydroxide or sodium hydroxide and hydrogen sulfide can also be used. It is also possible to use alkali metal sulfides prepared in advance by bringing an alkali metal hydroxide such as lithium hydroxide or sodium hydroxide into contact with hydrogen sulfide. Hydrogen sulfide may be used in any form, whether gaseous, liquid, or aqueous solution.

 [化合物(C)]
 ポリアリーレンスルフィド(A)の製造方法で用いられる化合物(C)は、少なくとも1つの芳香環を有し、該1つの芳香環上に、隣接する2つの炭素原子にそれぞれ結合された2つのカルボキシル基もしくはその2つのカルボキシル基に由来する酸無水物基、アミノ基、ヒドロキシル基、カルボキシル基、シラノール基、スルホン酸基、アセトアミド基、スルホンアミド基、シアノ基、イソシアネート基、アルデヒド基、アセチル基、エポキシ基、およびアルコキシシリル基から選ばれる少なくとも一つの官能基と、水酸基、水酸基の塩、チオール基、およびチオール基の塩から選ばれる少なくとも一つの官能基とを有する化合物である。隣接する2つの炭素原子にそれぞれ結合された2つのカルボキシル基もしくはその2つのカルボキシル基に由来する酸無水物基、アミノ基、ヒドロキシル基、カルボキシル基、シラノール基、スルホン酸基、アセトアミド基、スルホンアミド基、シアノ基、イソシアネート基、アルデヒド基、アセチル基、エポキシ基、およびアルコキシシリル基から選ばれる少なくとも一つの官能基は、重合反応工程でポリアリーレンスルフィド(A)に官能基として導入される。水酸基、水酸基の塩、チオール基、およびチオール基の塩から選ばれる少なくとも一つの官能基は、重合反応工程でジハロゲン化芳香族化合物と反応する。
[Compound (C)]
The compound (C) used in the method for producing the polyarylene sulfide (A) is a compound having at least one aromatic ring, and having, on the one aromatic ring, at least one functional group selected from two carboxyl groups bonded to two adjacent carbon atoms, respectively, or an acid anhydride group derived from the two carboxyl groups, an amino group, a hydroxyl group, a carboxyl group, a silanol group, a sulfonic acid group, an acetamide group, a sulfonamide group, a cyano group, an isocyanate group, an aldehyde group, an acetyl group, an epoxy group, and an alkoxysilyl group, and at least one functional group selected from a hydroxyl group, a salt of a hydroxyl group, a thiol group, and a salt of a thiol group. At least one functional group selected from two carboxyl groups bonded to two adjacent carbon atoms, or an acid anhydride group derived from the two carboxyl groups, an amino group, a hydroxyl group, a carboxyl group, a silanol group, a sulfonic acid group, an acetamide group, a sulfonamide group, a cyano group, an isocyanate group, an aldehyde group, an acetyl group, an epoxy group, and an alkoxysilyl group, is introduced into the polyarylene sulfide (A) as a functional group in the polymerization reaction step. At least one functional group selected from a hydroxyl group, a salt of a hydroxyl group, a thiol group, and a salt of a thiol group reacts with a dihalogenated aromatic compound in the polymerization reaction step.

 ポリアリーレンスルフィド(A)と後述する化合物(B)とを加熱する際の反応性の観点から、化合物(C)におけるポリアリーレンスルフィド(A)に導入される官能基としては、アミノ基、隣接する2つの炭素原子にそれぞれ結合された2つのカルボキシル基、およびその2つのカルボキシル基に由来する酸無水物基から選択される少なくとも一つの官能基であることが好ましく、アミノ基および/または酸無水物基であることがより好ましい。そのような官能基を有する化合物(C)の具体例としては、2-アミノフェノール、4-アミノフェノール、3-アミノフェノール、2-アミノチオフェノール、4-アミノチオフェノール、3-アミノチオフェノール、3-ヒドロキシフタル酸、4-ヒドロキシフタル酸、3-メルカプトフタル酸、4-メルカプトフタル酸およびこれらの化合物の水酸基またはチオール基がアルカリ金属またはアルカリ土類金属の塩となっている化合物を例示できる。なかでも、反応性の観点から、4-アミノフェノール、4-アミノチオフェノールを好ましい化合物として例示できる。なお、上記の特徴を有していれば、異なる2種類以上の化合物(C)を組み合わせて用いることも可能である。化合物(C)として水酸基またはチオール基を有する化合物を用いる場合、等量のアルカリ金属水酸化物を同時に使用することが好ましい実施形態である。また、化合物(C)として水酸基またはチオール基が塩の形態をとる化合物を用いる場合、あらかじめ塩を形成してからポリアリーレンスルフィドの製造に使用することも可能であるし、反応容器内の反応で塩を形成することも可能である。 From the viewpoint of reactivity when polyarylene sulfide (A) is heated with compound (B), which will be described later, the functional group introduced into polyarylene sulfide (A) in compound (C) is preferably at least one functional group selected from an amino group, two carboxyl groups bonded to two adjacent carbon atoms, and an acid anhydride group derived from the two carboxyl groups, and more preferably an amino group and/or an acid anhydride group. Specific examples of compound (C) having such a functional group include 2-aminophenol, 4-aminophenol, 3-aminophenol, 2-aminothiophenol, 4-aminothiophenol, 3-aminothiophenol, 3-hydroxyphthalic acid, 4-hydroxyphthalic acid, 3-mercaptophthalic acid, 4-mercaptophthalic acid, and compounds in which the hydroxyl group or thiol group of these compounds is an alkali metal or alkaline earth metal salt. Among these, 4-aminophenol and 4-aminothiophenol are preferred from the viewpoint of reactivity. It should be noted that two or more different compounds (C) may be used in combination as long as they have the above characteristics. When a compound having a hydroxyl group or a thiol group is used as compound (C), a preferred embodiment is to simultaneously use an equal amount of an alkali metal hydroxide. Furthermore, when a compound in which the hydroxyl group or the thiol group is in the form of a salt is used as compound (C), the salt can be formed in advance and then used to produce polyarylene sulfide, or the salt can be formed by reaction in a reaction vessel.

 重合反応における化合物(C)の使用量の下限は仕込み無機スルフィド化剤1モルに対し、0.01モル以上を好ましく例示でき、0.02モル以上がより好ましく、0.04モル以上がさらに好ましく、0.05モル以上がさらに好ましく、0.06モル以上がよりいっそう好ましく、0.08モル以上がさらにいっそう好ましく、0.1モル以上が特に好ましい。使用量がこの値以上であることで官能基をポリアリーレンスルフィド(A)に十分に導入できるため好ましい。また、化合物(C)の使用量の上限は仕込み無機スルフィド化剤1モルに対して0.5モル以下が好ましく、0.45モル以下がより好ましく、0.4モル以下がさらに好ましい。使用量がこの値以下であることでポリアリーレンスルフィド(A)の分子量低下を防止できるため好ましい。 The lower limit of the amount of compound (C) used in the polymerization reaction is preferably 0.01 mol or more per 1 mol of inorganic sulfidizing agent added, more preferably 0.02 mol or more, even more preferably 0.04 mol or more, even more preferably 0.05 mol or more, still more preferably 0.06 mol or more, even more preferably 0.08 mol or more, and particularly preferably 0.1 mol or more. An amount of use of this value or more is preferred because functional groups can be sufficiently introduced into polyarylene sulfide (A). Furthermore, the upper limit of the amount of compound (C) used is preferably 0.5 mol or less per 1 mol of inorganic sulfidizing agent added, more preferably 0.45 mol or less, and even more preferably 0.4 mol or less. An amount of use of this value or less is preferred because a decrease in the molecular weight of polyarylene sulfide (A) can be prevented.

 化合物(C)の添加時期には特に指定はなく、後述する前工程、重合開始時、重合反応工程のいずれの時点で添加してもよく、また複数回に分けて添加してもよいが、効率よくジハロゲン化芳香族化合物と反応させる観点から、ジハロゲン化芳香族化合物を反応容器に添加するのと同じ段階で添加することがより好ましい。 There is no particular restriction on the timing of adding compound (C), and it may be added at any time during the pre-processing step described below, at the start of polymerization, or during the polymerization reaction step, or it may be added in multiple batches. However, from the perspective of efficiently reacting with the dihalogenated aromatic compound, it is more preferable to add it at the same stage as the dihalogenated aromatic compound is added to the reaction vessel.

 [ジハロゲン化芳香族化合物]
 ポリアリーレンスルフィド(A)の製造方法で用いられるジハロゲン化芳香族化合物としては、p-ジクロロベンゼン、o-ジクロロベンゼン、m-ジクロロベンゼン、p-ジブロモベンゼン、o-ジブロモベンゼン、m-ジブロモベンゼン、1-ブロモ-4-クロロベンゼン、1-ブロモ-3-クロロベンゼンなどのジハロゲン化ベンゼン、および1-メトキシ-2,5-ジクロロベンゼン、1-メチル-2,5-ジクロロベンゼン、1,4-ジメチル-2,5-ジクロロベンゼン、1,3-ジメチル-2,5-ジクロロベンゼン、2,5-ジクロロ安息香酸、3,5-ジクロロ安息香酸、2,5-ジクロロアニリン、3,5-ジクロロアニリン、ビス(4-クロロフェニル)スルフィドなどのハロゲン以外の置換基を有する化合物も含むジハロゲン化芳香族化合物などを挙げることができる。なかでも、p-ジクロロベンゼンに代表されるp-ジハロゲン化ベンゼンを主成分とするジハロゲン化芳香族化合物が好ましい。特に好ましくは、p-ジクロロベンゼンをジハロゲン化芳香族化合物中80~100モル%含むものであり、さらに好ましくは90~100モル%含むものである。また、異なる2種類以上のジハロゲン化芳香族化合物を組み合わせて用いることも可能である。
[Dihalogenated aromatic compound]
Examples of dihalogenated aromatic compounds used in the production method of polyarylene sulfide (A) include dihalogenated benzenes such as p-dichlorobenzene, o-dichlorobenzene, m-dichlorobenzene, p-dibromobenzene, o-dibromobenzene, m-dibromobenzene, 1-bromo-4-chlorobenzene, and 1-bromo-3-chlorobenzene, as well as dihalogenated aromatic compounds including compounds having substituents other than halogen, such as 1-methoxy-2,5-dichlorobenzene, 1-methyl-2,5-dichlorobenzene, 1,4-dimethyl-2,5-dichlorobenzene, 1,3-dimethyl-2,5-dichlorobenzene, 2,5-dichlorobenzoic acid, 3,5-dichlorobenzoic acid, 2,5-dichloroaniline, 3,5-dichloroaniline, and bis(4-chlorophenyl)sulfide. Among these, dihalogenated aromatic compounds containing p-dihalogenated benzenes, typified by p-dichlorobenzene, as the main component are preferred. Particularly preferably, the dihalogenated aromatic compound contains p-dichlorobenzene in an amount of 80 to 100 mol %, and even more preferably 90 to 100 mol %. It is also possible to use a combination of two or more different dihalogenated aromatic compounds.

 ジハロゲン化芳香族化合物の使用量の下限は特に制限はないが、下記式で表現される[モノマー比]を0.8以上とすることが好ましく、0.9以上とすることがより好ましく、0.95以上とすることがさらに好ましい。[モノマー比]を上記の範囲とすることで重合反応系を安定化し、副反応を防止することができるため、好ましい。また、使用量の上限は特に制限はないが、[モノマー比]を1.2以下とすることが好ましく、1.1以下とすることがさらに好ましく、1.05以下とすることがより好ましい。[モノマー比]を上記の範囲とすることでポリアリーレンスルフィド中に残存するハロゲン量を低減することができるため好ましい。なお、下記式における[ジハロゲン化芳香族化合物物質量]、[無機スルフィド化剤物質量]、および[化合物(C)物質量]は、ポリアリーレンスルフィドを製造する際における各化合物の使用量(モル)を示す。
[モノマー比]=[ジハロゲン化芳香族化合物物質量]/([無機スルフィド化剤物質量]+[化合物(C)物質量])。
Although there is no particular lower limit to the amount of dihalogenated aromatic compound used, the [monomer ratio] expressed by the following formula is preferably 0.8 or more, more preferably 0.9 or more, and even more preferably 0.95 or more. By setting the [monomer ratio] within the above range, the polymerization reaction system can be stabilized and side reactions can be prevented, which is preferable. Furthermore, there is no particular upper limit to the amount used, but the [monomer ratio] is preferably 1.2 or less, more preferably 1.1 or less, and even more preferably 1.05 or less. By setting the [monomer ratio] within the above range, the amount of halogen remaining in the polyarylene sulfide can be reduced, which is preferable. In the following formula, the [dihalogenated aromatic compound substance amount], [inorganic sulfidizing agent substance amount], and [compound (C) substance amount] indicate the amount (mol) of each compound used when producing polyarylene sulfide.
[Monomer ratio]=[amount of dihalogenated aromatic compound]/([amount of inorganic sulfidizing agent]+[amount of compound (C)]).

 [有機極性溶媒]
 有機極性溶媒として、有機アミド溶媒が好ましく例示できる。具体例としては、N-メチル-2-ピロリドン、N-エチル-2-ピロリドン、N-シクロヘキシル-2-ピロリドンなどのN-アルキルピロリドン類、N-メチル-ε-カプロラクタムなどのカプロラクタム類、1,3-ジメチル-2-イミダゾリジノン、N,N-ジメチルアセトアミド、N,N-ジメチルホルムアミド、ヘキサメチルリン酸トリアミドなどに代表されるアプロチック有機溶媒およびこれらの混合物などが反応の安定性が高いために好ましく使用される。これらの中でもN-メチル-2-ピロリドン、1,3-ジメチル-2-イミダゾリジノンが好ましく、N-メチル-2-ピロリドンがより好ましく用いられる。
[Organic polar solvent]
Preferred examples of organic polar solvents include organic amide solvents. Specific examples include N-alkylpyrrolidones such as N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, N-ethyl-2-pyrrolidone, and N-cyclohexyl-2-pyrrolidone; caprolactams such as N-methyl-ε-caprolactam; aprotic organic solvents such as 1,3-dimethyl-2-imidazolidinone, N,N-dimethylacetamide, N,N-dimethylformamide, and hexamethylphosphoric triamide; and mixtures thereof, which are preferably used due to their high reaction stability. Among these, N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone and 1,3-dimethyl-2-imidazolidinone are preferred, and N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone is more preferred.

 有機極性溶媒の使用量は仕込み無機スルフィド化剤1モルに対し、2.0モル以上が好ましく、2.2モル以上がより好ましく、2.3モル以上がさらに好ましい。使用量がこの値以上であることで収率良くポリアリーレンスルフィドを合成できるため好ましい。また、有機極性溶媒の使用量は仕込み無機スルフィド化剤1モルに対して6.0モル以下が好ましく、5.0モル以下がより好ましく、4.0モル以下がさらに好ましい。使用量がこの値以下であることで、得られるポリアリーレンスルフィドを加熱した際の発生ガスを低減できるため好ましい。 The amount of organic polar solvent used is preferably 2.0 moles or more, more preferably 2.2 moles or more, and even more preferably 2.3 moles or more, per mole of inorganic sulfidizing agent charged. Amounts of this value or more are preferred because polyarylene sulfide can be synthesized in good yield. Furthermore, the amount of organic polar solvent used is preferably 6.0 moles or less, more preferably 5.0 moles or less, and even more preferably 4.0 moles or less, per mole of inorganic sulfidizing agent charged. Amounts of this value or less are preferred because they reduce the amount of gas generated when the resulting polyarylene sulfide is heated.

 [重合助剤]
 比較的に高重合度のポリアリーレンスルフィドをより短時間で得るために重合助剤を用いることも好ましい態様の一つである。ここで重合助剤とは、得られるポリアリーレンスルフィドの粘度を増大させる作用を有する物質を意味する。このような重合助剤の具体例としては、例えば有機カルボン酸塩、水、アルカリ金属塩化物、有機スルホン酸塩、アルカリ金属硫酸塩、アルカリ土類金属酸化物、アルカリ金属リン酸塩およびアルカリ土類金属リン酸塩などが挙げられる。これらは単独で用いてもよいし、また2種以上を同時に用いることもできる。なかでも、有機カルボン酸塩、水、およびアルカリ金属塩化物が好ましく、さらに有機カルボン酸塩としてはアルカリ金属カルボン酸塩が、アルカリ金属塩化物としては塩化リチウムが好ましい。
[Polymerization aid]
In order to obtain a polyarylene sulfide with a relatively high degree of polymerization in a shorter time, it is also a preferred embodiment to use a polymerization aid. Here, the polymerization aid refers to a substance that has the effect of increasing the viscosity of the resulting polyarylene sulfide. Specific examples of such polymerization aids include organic carboxylates, water, alkali metal chlorides, organic sulfonates, alkali metal sulfates, alkaline earth metal oxides, alkali metal phosphates, and alkaline earth metal phosphates. These may be used alone or in combination of two or more. Among these, organic carboxylates, water, and alkali metal chlorides are preferred, and alkali metal carboxylates are preferred as organic carboxylates, and lithium chloride is preferred as alkali metal chlorides.

 上記アルカリ金属カルボン酸塩とは、一般式R(COOM)(式中、Rは、炭素数1~20を有するアルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アリール基、アルキルアリール基またはアリールアルキル基である。Mは、リチウム、ナトリウム、カリウム、ルビジウムおよびセシウムから選ばれるアルカリ金属である。nは1~3の整数である。)で表される化合物である。アルカリ金属カルボン酸塩は、水和物、無水物または水溶液としても用いることができる。アルカリ金属カルボン酸塩の具体例としては、例えば、酢酸リチウム、酢酸ナトリウム、酢酸カリウム、プロピオン酸ナトリウム、吉草酸リチウム、安息香酸ナトリウム、およびそれらの混合物などを挙げることができる。 The alkali metal carboxylate is a compound represented by the general formula R(COOM) n (wherein R is an alkyl group, cycloalkyl group, aryl group, alkylaryl group, or arylalkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms; M is an alkali metal selected from lithium, sodium, potassium, rubidium, and cesium; and n is an integer of 1 to 3). The alkali metal carboxylate can also be used as a hydrate, anhydrous form, or aqueous solution. Specific examples of the alkali metal carboxylate include lithium acetate, sodium acetate, potassium acetate, sodium propionate, lithium valerate, sodium benzoate, and mixtures thereof.

 アルカリ金属カルボン酸塩は、有機酸と、水酸化アルカリ金属、炭酸アルカリ金属塩および重炭酸アルカリ金属塩からなる群から選ばれる一種以上の化合物とを、ほぼ等化学当量ずつ添加して反応させることにより合成してもよい。上記アルカリ金属カルボン酸塩の中で、リチウム塩は反応系への溶解性が高く助剤効果が大きいが高価である。一方、カリウム、ルビジウムおよびセシウム塩は反応系への溶解性が不十分であると思われるため、安価で、重合系への適度な溶解性を有する酢酸ナトリウムが最も好ましく用いられる。 Alkali metal carboxylates may be synthesized by adding and reacting an organic acid with one or more compounds selected from the group consisting of alkali metal hydroxides, alkali metal carbonates, and alkali metal bicarbonates in approximately equal chemical equivalents. Of the alkali metal carboxylates listed above, lithium salts are highly soluble in the reaction system and have a significant auxiliary effect, but are expensive. On the other hand, potassium, rubidium, and cesium salts are thought to have insufficient solubility in the reaction system, so sodium acetate, which is inexpensive and has adequate solubility in the polymerization system, is most preferably used.

 これらアルカリ金属カルボン酸塩を重合助剤として用いる場合の使用量は、仕込み無機スルフィド化剤1モルに対し、通常0.01モル~2モルの範囲が好ましく、より高い重合度を得る意味においては0.1モル~0.6モルの範囲がより好ましく、0.2モル~0.5モルの範囲がさらに好ましい。 When these alkali metal carboxylates are used as polymerization aids, the amount used is usually preferably in the range of 0.01 to 2 moles per mole of inorganic sulfidizing agent charged, more preferably in the range of 0.1 to 0.6 moles in order to obtain a higher degree of polymerization, and even more preferably in the range of 0.2 to 0.5 moles.

 また水を重合助剤として用いる場合の添加量は、仕込み無機スルフィド化剤1モルに対し、通常0.3モル~15モルの範囲が好ましく、より高い重合度を得る意味においては0.6モル~10モルの範囲がより好ましく、1モル~5モルの範囲がさらに好ましい。 When water is used as a polymerization aid, the amount added is usually preferably in the range of 0.3 to 15 moles per mole of inorganic sulfidizing agent charged, more preferably in the range of 0.6 to 10 moles in order to obtain a higher degree of polymerization, and even more preferably in the range of 1 to 5 moles.

 これら重合助剤は2種以上を併用することももちろん可能であり、例えばアルカリ金属カルボン酸塩と水を併用すると、より少量のアルカリ金属カルボン酸塩と水で高分子量化が可能となる。 It is of course possible to use two or more of these polymerization aids in combination; for example, using an alkali metal carboxylate in combination with water makes it possible to achieve a high molecular weight with smaller amounts of alkali metal carboxylate and water.

 これら重合助剤の添加時期には特に指定はなく、後述する前工程、重合開始時、重合反応工程のいずれの時点で添加してもよく、また複数回に分けて添加してもよい。重合助剤としてアルカリ金属カルボン酸塩を用いる場合は前工程開始時あるいは重合開始時に他の添加物と同時に添加することが、添加が容易である点からより好ましい。また水を重合助剤として用いる場合は、ジハロゲン化芳香族化合物を仕込んだ後、重合反応工程の途中で添加することが効果的である。 There is no particular requirement for the timing of addition of these polymerization aids; they may be added at any time during the pre-processing step described below, at the start of polymerization, or during the polymerization reaction step, or they may be added in multiple batches. When using an alkali metal carboxylate as the polymerization aid, it is preferable to add it at the start of the pre-processing step or at the start of polymerization simultaneously with other additives, as this makes addition easier. Furthermore, when using water as the polymerization aid, it is effective to add it midway through the polymerization reaction step after charging the dihalogenated aromatic compound.

 [重合安定剤]
 重合反応系を安定化し、副反応を防止するために、重合安定剤を用いることもできる。重合安定剤は、重合反応系の安定化に寄与し、望ましくない副反応を抑制する。副反応の一つの目安としては、チオフェノールの生成が挙げられる。重合安定剤の添加によりチオフェノールの生成を抑えることができる。重合安定剤の具体例としては、アルカリ金属水酸化物、アルカリ金属炭酸塩、アルカリ土類金属水酸化物、およびアルカリ土類金属炭酸塩などの化合物が挙げられる。そのなかでも、水酸化ナトリウム、水酸化カリウム、および水酸化リチウムなどのアルカリ金属水酸化物が好ましい。上述のアルカリ金属カルボン酸塩も重合安定剤として作用するので、重合安定剤の一つに入る。また、無機スルフィド化剤としてアルカリ金属水硫化物を用いる場合には、アルカリ金属水酸化物を同時に使用することが特に好ましいことを前述したが、ここでスルフィド化剤に対して過剰となるアルカリ金属水酸化物も重合安定剤となり得る。
[Polymerization stabilizer]
Polymerization stabilizers can be used to stabilize the polymerization reaction system and prevent side reactions. Polymerization stabilizers contribute to stabilizing the polymerization reaction system and suppress undesirable side reactions. One indicator of side reactions is the formation of thiophenol. The addition of a polymerization stabilizer can suppress the formation of thiophenol. Specific examples of polymerization stabilizers include compounds such as alkali metal hydroxides, alkali metal carbonates, alkaline earth metal hydroxides, and alkaline earth metal carbonates. Among these, alkali metal hydroxides such as sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, and lithium hydroxide are preferred. The aforementioned alkali metal carboxylates also function as polymerization stabilizers and are therefore classified as polymerization stabilizers. Furthermore, when using alkali metal hydrosulfides as inorganic sulfidizing agents, it is particularly preferable to use alkali metal hydroxides simultaneously. However, alkali metal hydroxides in excess of the sulfidizing agent can also function as polymerization stabilizers.

 これら重合安定剤は、それぞれ単独で、あるいは2種以上を組み合わせて用いることができる。重合安定剤は、仕込み無機スルフィド化剤1モルに対して、通常0.02モル~0.2モルが好ましく、より好ましくは0.03モル~0.1モル、さらに好ましくは0.04モル~0.09モルの割合で使用することが好ましい。この割合が少ないと安定化効果が低く、逆に多すぎても経済的に不利益であり、ポリマー収率が低下する傾向となる。 These polymerization stabilizers can be used alone or in combination of two or more. The polymerization stabilizer is preferably used in an amount of 0.02 to 0.2 moles per mole of inorganic sulfidizing agent charged, more preferably 0.03 to 0.1 moles, and even more preferably 0.04 to 0.09 moles. If this ratio is too low, the stabilizing effect will be low, and conversely, if it is too high, it will be economically disadvantageous and the polymer yield will tend to decrease.

 重合安定剤の添加時期には特に指定はなく、後述する前工程、重合開始時、重合反応工程のいずれの時点で添加してもよく、また複数回に分けて添加してもよいが、前工程開始時あるいは重合開始時に同時に添加することが容易である点からより好ましい。 There is no particular requirement for the timing of adding the polymerization stabilizer; it may be added at any time during the pre-process, at the start of polymerization, or during the polymerization reaction process, as described below. It may also be added in multiple batches, but it is preferable to add it simultaneously at the start of the pre-process or at the start of polymerization, as this is easier.

 次に、ポリアリーレンスルフィドの好ましい製造方法について、前工程、重合反応工程、回収工程、および後処理工程と、順を追って具体的に説明するが、この方法に限定されるものではない。 Next, a preferred method for producing polyarylene sulfide will be specifically explained in order, including the pre-process, polymerization reaction process, recovery process, and post-treatment process, but the method is not limited to this.

 [前工程]
 ポリアリーレンスルフィド(A)の製造方法において、通常、無機スルフィド化剤は水和物の形で使用される。ジハロゲン化芳香族化合物を添加する前に、有機極性溶媒と無機スルフィド化剤を含む混合物を昇温し、過剰量の水を系外に除去することが好ましい。
[Pre-process]
In the method for producing polyarylene sulfide (A), the inorganic sulfidizing agent is usually used in the form of a hydrate. Before adding the dihalogenated aromatic compound, it is preferable to heat the mixture containing the organic polar solvent and the inorganic sulfidizing agent and remove excess water from the system.

 また、上述したように、無機スルフィド化剤として、アルカリ金属水硫化物とアルカリ金属水酸化物から、反応系においてin situで、あるいは重合槽とは別の槽で調製される無機スルフィド化剤も用いることができる。この方法には特に制限はないが、望ましくは不活性ガス雰囲気下、常温~150℃、好ましくは常温から100℃の温度範囲で、有機極性溶媒にアルカリ金属水硫化物とアルカリ金属水酸化物を加え、常圧または減圧下、少なくとも150℃以上、好ましくは180℃~260℃まで昇温し、水分を留去させる方法が挙げられる。この段階で重合助剤を加えてもよいし、化合物(C)を加えておいてもよい。また、水分の留去を促進するために、トルエンなどを加えて反応を行ってもよい。 As mentioned above, inorganic sulfidizing agents can also be used that are prepared in situ in the reaction system from alkali metal hydrosulfide and alkali metal hydroxide, or in a vessel separate from the polymerization vessel. There are no particular limitations on this method, but a preferred method involves adding alkali metal hydrosulfide and alkali metal hydroxide to an organic polar solvent in an inert gas atmosphere at a temperature ranging from room temperature to 150°C, preferably from room temperature to 100°C, and then heating the mixture to at least 150°C or higher, preferably 180°C to 260°C, under atmospheric or reduced pressure, to distill off water. At this stage, a polymerization aid or compound (C) may be added. Toluene or the like may also be added to facilitate the distillation of water during the reaction.

 前工程の終了時、すなわち重合反応工程の前における系内の水分量は、仕込みスルフィド化剤1モル当たり0.3モル~10.0モルであることが好ましい。ここで系内の水分量とは、重合系に仕込まれた水分量から重合系外に除去された水分量を差し引いた量である。また、仕込まれる水は、水、水溶液、結晶水などのいずれの形態であってもよい。 At the end of the previous step, i.e., before the polymerization reaction step, the amount of water in the system is preferably 0.3 to 10.0 moles per mole of charged sulfidizing agent. Here, the amount of water in the system is the amount of water charged to the polymerization system minus the amount of water removed from the polymerization system. The charged water may be in any form, such as water, an aqueous solution, or water of crystallization.

 [重合反応工程]
 有機極性溶媒中で少なくとも無機スルフィド化剤、ジハロゲン化芳香族化合物および化合物(C)を200℃以上290℃未満の温度範囲内で反応させることによりポリアリーレンスルフィド(A)を製造する。
[Polymerization reaction step]
Polyarylene sulfide (A) is produced by reacting at least an inorganic sulfidizing agent, a dihalogenated aromatic compound, and compound (C) in an organic polar solvent within a temperature range of 200°C or higher but lower than 290°C.

 重合反応工程を開始するに際しては、望ましくは不活性ガス雰囲気下において、常温~240℃、好ましくは100℃~230℃の温度範囲で、有機極性溶媒とスルフィド化剤とジハロゲン化芳香族化合物を混合する。この段階で化合物(C)および重合助剤を加えてもよい。これらの原料の仕込み順序は、順不同であってもよく、同時であってもさしつかえない。 When starting the polymerization reaction process, the organic polar solvent, sulfidizing agent, and dihalogenated aromatic compound are mixed, preferably in an inert gas atmosphere, at a temperature ranging from room temperature to 240°C, and preferably from 100°C to 230°C. Compound (C) and a polymerization aid may also be added at this stage. These raw materials may be added in any order, or simultaneously.

 この混合物を通常200℃~290℃未満の範囲に昇温する。昇温速度に特に制限はないが、通常0.01℃/分~5℃/分の速度が選択され、0.1℃/分~3℃/分の範囲がより好ましい。 This mixture is typically heated to a temperature in the range of 200°C to less than 290°C. There are no particular restrictions on the heating rate, but a rate of 0.01°C/min to 5°C/min is usually selected, with a range of 0.1°C/min to 3°C/min being more preferred.

 一般的に、最終的には250℃~290℃未満の温度まで昇温し、その温度で通常0.25時間~50時間、好ましくは0.5時間~20時間反応させる。 Generally, the temperature is finally raised to between 250°C and 290°C, and the reaction is carried out at that temperature for typically 0.25 hours to 50 hours, preferably 0.5 hours to 20 hours.

 最終温度に到達させる前の段階で、例えば200℃~260℃で一定時間反応させた後、270℃~290℃未満に昇温する方法は、より高い重合度を得る上で有効である。この際、200℃~260℃での反応時間としては、通常0.25時間から20時間の範囲が選択され、好ましくは0.25時間~10時間の範囲が選ばれる。 Before reaching the final temperature, a method of reacting for a certain period of time at, for example, 200°C to 260°C, and then raising the temperature to 270°C to less than 290°C is effective in achieving a higher degree of polymerization. In this case, the reaction time at 200°C to 260°C is usually selected to be in the range of 0.25 to 20 hours, preferably 0.25 to 10 hours.

 なお、ポリマーの分子量を調整するため、重合途中で化合物(C)の添加を行うことも可能であるが、化合物(C)の効率的な反応の観点からは化合物(C)の少なくとも一部はジハロゲン化芳香族化合物と同じ段階で添加することがより好ましい。 In order to adjust the molecular weight of the polymer, compound (C) can be added during the polymerization. However, from the viewpoint of efficient reaction of compound (C), it is more preferable to add at least a portion of compound (C) at the same stage as the dihalogenated aromatic compound.

 [回収工程]
 ポリアリーレンスルフィド(A)の製造方法においては、重合終了後に、重合体、溶媒などを含む重合反応物から固形物を回収する。回収方法については、公知の如何なる方法を採用してもよい。
[Recovery process]
In the method for producing the polyarylene sulfide (A), after the polymerization is completed, a solid is recovered from the polymerization reaction product containing the polymer, the solvent, etc. Any known method may be used for the recovery method.

 例えば、重合反応終了後、徐冷して粒子状のポリマーを回収する方法を用いてもよい。この際の徐冷速度には特に制限は無いが、通常0.1℃/分~3℃/分程度である。徐冷工程の全工程において同一速度で徐冷する必要はなく、ポリマー粒子が結晶化し析出するまでは0.1℃/分~1℃/分、その後1℃/分以上の速度で徐冷する方法などを採用してもよい。 For example, after the polymerization reaction is complete, the mixture may be slowly cooled to recover the particulate polymer. There are no particular restrictions on the cooling rate, but it is usually around 0.1°C/min to 3°C/min. It is not necessary to cool at the same rate throughout the entire cooling process; instead, it is possible to use a method in which the mixture is slowly cooled at a rate of 0.1°C/min to 1°C/min until the polymer particles crystallize and precipitate, and then at a rate of 1°C/min or faster.

 また上記の回収を急冷条件下に行うことも好ましい方法の一つである。この回収方法のうち、好ましい方法としてはフラッシュ法が挙げられる。フラッシュ法とは、重合反応物を高温高圧(通常250℃以上、8kg/cm以上)の状態から常圧もしくは減圧の雰囲気中へフラッシュさせ、溶媒回収と同時に重合体を粉末状にして回収する方法である。ここでいうフラッシュとは、重合反応物をノズルから噴出させることを意味する。フラッシュさせる雰囲気は、具体的には、常圧中の窒素または水蒸気が挙げられ、その温度は通常150℃~250℃の範囲が選ばれる。 Another preferred method is to carry out the above recovery under rapid cooling conditions. Among these recovery methods, a preferred one is the flash method. The flash method is a method in which the polymerization reaction product is flashed from a high-temperature, high-pressure state (usually 250°C or higher, 8 kg/cm2 or higher ) into an atmosphere of normal pressure or reduced pressure, and the polymer is recovered in powder form while the solvent is recovered. The term "flash" as used herein means that the polymerization reaction product is ejected from a nozzle. Specific examples of the flashing atmosphere include nitrogen or water vapor at normal pressure, and the temperature is usually selected from the range of 150°C to 250°C.

 [後処理工程]
 ポリアリーレンスルフィドは、上記重合反応工程、回収工程を経て生成した後、後処理工程として酸処理、熱水処理、有機溶媒による洗浄を施すことが可能である。不純物除去の観点からは、後処理工程は、酸処理、熱水処理および有機溶媒による洗浄のいずれかを施すことが好ましく、2種以上の処理を併用することがより好ましい。
[Post-processing process]
After the polyarylene sulfide is produced through the above-mentioned polymerization reaction step and recovery step, it can be subjected to a post-treatment step of acid treatment, hot water treatment, or washing with an organic solvent. From the viewpoint of removing impurities, the post-treatment step is preferably any one of acid treatment, hot water treatment, and washing with an organic solvent, and more preferably two or more of these treatments are used in combination.

 酸処理を行う場合は次の通りである。酸処理に用いる酸は、ポリアリーレンスルフィド(A)を分解する作用を有しないものであれば特に制限はなく、酢酸、塩酸、硫酸、リン酸、珪酸、炭酸およびプロピル酸などが挙げられる。なかでも酢酸および塩酸から選ばれた酸がより好ましく用いられる。一方、硝酸のようなポリアリーレンスルフィド(A)を分解、劣化させる酸は好ましくない。酸処理の方法としては、例えば、酸または酸の水溶液にポリアリーレンスルフィド(A)を浸漬せしめる方法があり、必要により撹拌または加熱することも可能である。酸の溶液を用いる場合、溶液は有機溶媒を用いた溶液でも水溶液でもよいが、酸の混和性、ポリアリーレンスルフィドに含まれる塩や塩基性成分の溶解性が比較的高い傾向にある観点からは水溶液が好ましい。用いる水は、ポリアリーレンスルフィドの好ましい化学的変性の効果を損なわないために蒸留水または脱イオン水であることが好ましい。例えば、酢酸を用いる場合、pH4の酢酸水溶液を80℃~200℃に加熱した中にポリアリーレンスルフィド(A)粉末を浸漬し、30分間撹拌することにより十分な効果が得られる。処理後のpHは4以上となってもよく、例えばpH4~8程度となってもよい。酸処理を施されたポリアリーレンスルフィド(A)に残留している酸または塩などを除去するため、さらに水または温水で数回洗浄することが好ましい。洗浄に用いる水は、ポリアリーレンスルフィド(A)の好ましい化学的変性の効果を損なわないために、蒸留水または脱イオン水であることが好ましい。酸処理を行う場合、ポリアリーレンスルフィド(A)を用いてポリアリーレンスルフィド共重合体を得る際に、より高分子量のポリアリーレンスルフィド共重合体が得られる傾向にあるため好ましい。 When acid treatment is performed, the procedure is as follows. The acid used in the acid treatment is not particularly limited as long as it does not have the effect of decomposing polyarylene sulfide (A), and examples include acetic acid, hydrochloric acid, sulfuric acid, phosphoric acid, silicic acid, carbonic acid, and propylic acid. Among these, acids selected from acetic acid and hydrochloric acid are more preferably used. On the other hand, acids that decompose or deteriorate polyarylene sulfide (A), such as nitric acid, are not preferred. Examples of acid treatment methods include immersing polyarylene sulfide (A) in an acid or an aqueous solution of an acid, with stirring or heating possible if necessary. When an acid solution is used, the solution may be either an organic solvent solution or an aqueous solution, but an aqueous solution is preferred from the viewpoints of the miscibility of the acid and the tendency for the solubility of salts and basic components contained in polyarylene sulfide to be relatively high. The water used is preferably distilled water or deionized water so as not to impair the desired chemical modification effect of polyarylene sulfide. For example, when using acetic acid, a sufficient effect can be obtained by immersing the polyarylene sulfide (A) powder in an aqueous acetic acid solution of pH 4 heated to 80°C to 200°C and stirring for 30 minutes. The pH after treatment may be 4 or higher, for example, about pH 4 to 8. To remove any acid or salt remaining in the acid-treated polyarylene sulfide (A), it is preferable to further wash the polyarylene sulfide (A) several times with water or warm water. The water used for washing is preferably distilled water or deionized water so as not to impair the desired chemical modification effect of the polyarylene sulfide (A). Acid treatment is preferred because it tends to produce a polyarylene sulfide copolymer with a higher molecular weight when using the polyarylene sulfide (A) to obtain a polyarylene sulfide copolymer.

 熱水処理を行う場合は次の通りである。ポリアリーレンスルフィド(A)を熱水処理するにあたり、熱水の温度を100℃以上、より好ましくは120℃以上、さらに好ましくは150℃以上、特に好ましくは170℃以上とすることが好ましい。100℃未満ではポリアリーレンスルフィドの好ましい化学的変性の効果が小さいため好ましくない。熱水処理によるポリアリーレンスルフィド(A)の好ましい化学的変性の効果を発現するため、使用する水は蒸留水あるいは脱イオン水であることが好ましい。熱水処理の操作に特に制限はない。所定量の水に所定量のポリアリーレンスルフィド(A)を投入し、圧力容器内で加熱、撹拌する方法や、連続的に熱水処理を施す方法などにより行われる。ポリアリーレンスルフィド(A)と水との割合は、水が多い方が好ましいが、通常、水1リットルに対し、ポリアリーレンスルフィド(A)200g以下の浴比(乾燥ポリアリーレンスルフィド(A)重量に対する洗浄液重量)が選ばれる。また、末端の反応性官能基の好ましくない分解を回避するため、処理の雰囲気は不活性雰囲気下とすることが望ましい。さらに、残留している成分を除去するため、この熱水処理操作を終えたポリアリーレンスルフィド(A)は、温水で数回洗浄するのが好ましい。 When hot water treatment is performed, the procedure is as follows: When hot water treatment of polyarylene sulfide (A), it is preferable that the temperature of the hot water is 100°C or higher, more preferably 120°C or higher, even more preferably 150°C or higher, and particularly preferably 170°C or higher. Temperatures below 100°C are not preferable because the desired chemical modification effect of polyarylene sulfide is small. In order to achieve the desired chemical modification effect of polyarylene sulfide (A) by hot water treatment, it is preferable that the water used is distilled water or deionized water. There are no particular restrictions on the hot water treatment procedure. It can be performed by adding a predetermined amount of polyarylene sulfide (A) to a predetermined amount of water and heating and stirring in a pressure vessel, or by performing hot water treatment continuously. The ratio of polyarylene sulfide (A) to water is preferably higher, but a bath ratio (weight of washing solution relative to weight of dry polyarylene sulfide (A)) of 200 g or less per liter of water is usually selected. Furthermore, to avoid undesirable decomposition of reactive terminal functional groups, it is desirable to perform the treatment in an inert atmosphere. Furthermore, to remove any remaining components, it is preferable to wash the polyarylene sulfide (A) several times with warm water after this hot water treatment.

 有機溶媒で洗浄する場合は次の通りである。ポリアリーレンスルフィド(A)の洗浄に用いる有機溶媒は、ポリアリーレンスルフィドを分解する作用などを有しないものであれば特に制限はない。例えばN-メチル-2-ピロリドン、ジメチルホルムアミド、ジメチルアセトアミドなどの含窒素極性溶媒;ジメチルスルホキシド、ジメチルスルホン、スルホランなどのスルホキシド・スルホン系溶媒、アセトン、メチルエチルケトン、ジエチルケトン、アセトフェノンなどのケトン系溶媒;ジメチルエーテル、ジプロピルエーテル、ジオキサン、テトラヒドロフランなどのエーテル系溶媒;クロロホルム、塩化メチレン、トリクロロエチレン、2塩化エチレン、パークロルエチレンなどのハロゲン系溶媒;メタノール、エタノール、プロパノール、ブタノール、ペンタノール、エチレングリコール、プロピレングリコールなどのアルコール系溶媒;およびベンゼン、トルエン、キシレンなどの芳香族炭化水素系溶媒などがポリアリーレンスルフィド(A)の洗浄に用いる有機溶媒として挙げられる。これらの有機溶媒のうちでも、N-メチル-2-ピロリドン、アセトン、ジメチルホルムアミドおよびクロロホルムなどの使用が好ましい。また、アリーレンスルフィド構造を有する不純物を除去する観点からは、比較的高い溶解性が得られやすい含窒素極性溶媒であるN-メチル-2-ピロリドン、ジメチルホルムアミド、およびクロロホルムから選ばれた溶媒が特に好ましい。これらの有機溶媒は、1種類または2種類以上の混合で使用されてもよいし、水と混合されて使用されてもよい。有機溶媒による洗浄の方法としては、例えば、有機溶媒中にポリアリーレンスルフィド(A)を浸漬せしめる方法があり、必要により適宜撹拌または加熱することも可能である。有機溶媒でポリアリーレンスルフィド(A)を洗浄する際の洗浄温度については特に制限はなく、常温~300℃程度の任意の温度が選択できる。洗浄温度が高くなる程洗浄効率が高くなる傾向があるが、通常は常温~150℃の洗浄温度で十分効果が得られる。圧力容器中で、有機溶媒の沸点以上の温度で加圧下に洗浄することも可能である。また、洗浄時間についても特に制限はない。洗浄条件にもよるが、バッチ式洗浄の場合、通常5分間以上洗浄することにより十分な効果が得られる。また連続式で洗浄することも可能である。有機溶媒により、ポリアリーレンスルフィド(A)の加熱時の発生ガス量が少なくなり、また、ポリアリーレンスルフィド(A)を用いて後述するポリアリーレンスルフィド共重合体を得る際に、高分子量体が容易に得られる傾向にあるため好ましい。 When washing with an organic solvent, the procedure is as follows: There are no particular restrictions on the organic solvent used to wash polyarylene sulfide (A), as long as it does not have the effect of decomposing polyarylene sulfide. Examples of organic solvents that can be used to wash polyarylene sulfide (A) include nitrogen-containing polar solvents such as N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, dimethylformamide, and dimethylacetamide; sulfoxide/sulfone solvents such as dimethyl sulfoxide, dimethyl sulfone, and sulfolane; ketone solvents such as acetone, methyl ethyl ketone, diethyl ketone, and acetophenone; ether solvents such as dimethyl ether, dipropyl ether, dioxane, and tetrahydrofuran; halogenated solvents such as chloroform, methylene chloride, trichloroethylene, ethylene dichloride, and perchloroethylene; alcohol solvents such as methanol, ethanol, propanol, butanol, pentanol, ethylene glycol, and propylene glycol; and aromatic hydrocarbon solvents such as benzene, toluene, and xylene. Among these organic solvents, N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, acetone, dimethylformamide, chloroform, and the like are preferred. Furthermore, from the viewpoint of removing impurities having an arylene sulfide structure, solvents selected from N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, dimethylformamide, and chloroform, which are nitrogen-containing polar solvents that tend to provide relatively high solubility, are particularly preferred. These organic solvents may be used alone or in combination with two or more, or may be mixed with water. Examples of methods for washing with an organic solvent include immersing the polyarylene sulfide (A) in the organic solvent, with appropriate stirring or heating as necessary. The washing temperature when washing the polyarylene sulfide (A) with an organic solvent is not particularly limited, and any temperature from room temperature to approximately 300°C can be selected. While higher washing temperatures tend to increase the washing efficiency, a washing temperature of room temperature to 150°C is usually sufficient. Washing can also be performed under pressure in a pressure vessel at a temperature above the boiling point of the organic solvent. The washing time is also not particularly limited. Although it depends on the washing conditions, in the case of batch washing, washing for 5 minutes or more usually produces sufficient results. Continuous washing is also possible. An organic solvent is preferred because it reduces the amount of gas generated when polyarylene sulfide (A) is heated, and also tends to make it easier to obtain a high-molecular-weight product when using polyarylene sulfide (A) to produce a polyarylene sulfide copolymer, as described below.

 [熱酸化架橋処理]
 ポリアリーレンスルフィド(A)は、重合終了後に酸素雰囲気下においての加熱や過酸化物などの架橋剤を添加しての加熱による熱酸化架橋処理により高分子量化して用いることも可能である。ただし、ポリアリーレンスルフィド(A)の数平均分子量は10,000以下であることが好ましい。
[Thermal oxidation crosslinking treatment]
The polyarylene sulfide (A) can be used after being polymerized by a thermal oxidation crosslinking treatment such as heating in an oxygen atmosphere or heating with a crosslinking agent such as a peroxide added thereto, but the number average molecular weight of the polyarylene sulfide (A) is preferably 10,000 or less.

 [化合物(B)]
 化合物(B)は、ポリアリーレンスルフィド(A)と反応させることによりポリアリーレンスルフィド共重合体を製造するための化合物である。
化合物(B)は、前記式(a’)~(u’)から選ばれる少なくとも一つの化合物である。Xは隣接する2つの炭素原子にそれぞれ結合された2つのカルボキシル基もしくはその2つのカルボキシル基に由来する酸無水物基、アミノ基、ヒドロキシル基、カルボキシル基、シラノール基、スルホン酸基、アセトアミド基、スルホンアミド基、シアノ基、イソシアネート基、アルデヒド基、アセチル基、エポキシ基、およびアルコキシシリル基からから選ばれる少なくとも一つである。R、R、およびRはそれぞれ水素、炭素原子数1~12のアルキル基、炭素原子数6~24のアリーレン基、およびハロゲン基から選ばれる置換基であり、R、R、およびRは同一でも異なっていてもよい。入手の容易性から水素、メチル基、エチル基、またはプロピル基が好ましい。また、各化合物の芳香族環は2置換体または3置換体であってもよく、一つの芳香族環に置換された複数の置換基Xは同一でも異なっていてもよい。前述したポリアリーレンスルフィド(A)と化合物(B)とを加熱する際の反応性の観点から、化合物(B)は官能基としてアミノ基、隣接する2つの炭素原子にそれぞれ結合された2つのカルボキシル基、およびその2つのカルボキシル基に由来する酸無水物基から選択される少なくとも一つの官能基を含有することが好ましい。さらに、ポリアリーレンスルフィド(A)の有する官能基と化合物(B)の有する官能基の組み合わせは、反応性の観点からアミノ基と酸無水物基であることがより好ましいことから、化合物(B)はアミノ基および/または酸無水物基を含有することがより好ましい。特に、前述した製造方法でポリアリーレンスルフィド(A)を製造する際の重合反応の容易さの観点から、ポリアリーレンスルフィド(A)の有する官能基はアミノ基であることが好ましく、それに伴い化合物(B)の有する官能基は酸無水物基であることが好ましい。
[Compound (B)]
The compound (B) is a compound for producing a polyarylene sulfide copolymer by reacting it with the polyarylene sulfide (A).
Compound (B) is at least one compound selected from the formulae (a') to (u'). X is at least one selected from two carboxyl groups bonded to two adjacent carbon atoms, or an acid anhydride group derived from the two carboxyl groups, an amino group, a hydroxyl group, a carboxyl group, a silanol group, a sulfonic acid group, an acetamide group, a sulfonamide group, a cyano group, an isocyanate group, an aldehyde group, an acetyl group, an epoxy group, and an alkoxysilyl group. R 3 , R 4 , and R 5 are each a substituent selected from hydrogen, an alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, an arylene group having 6 to 24 carbon atoms, and a halogen group, and R 3 , R 4 , and R 5 may be the same or different. From the perspective of ease of availability, hydrogen, a methyl group, an ethyl group, or a propyl group is preferred. Furthermore, the aromatic ring of each compound may be di- or tri-substituted, and the multiple substituents X substituted on one aromatic ring may be the same or different. From the viewpoint of reactivity when the above-mentioned polyarylene sulfide (A) and compound (B) are heated, it is preferable that compound (B) contains at least one functional group selected from an amino group, two carboxyl groups bonded to two adjacent carbon atoms, and an acid anhydride group derived from the two carboxyl groups. Furthermore, from the viewpoint of reactivity, the combination of the functional group of polyarylene sulfide (A) and the functional group of compound (B) is more preferably an amino group and an acid anhydride group, and therefore compound (B) more preferably contains an amino group and/or an acid anhydride group. In particular, from the viewpoint of ease of polymerization reaction when producing polyarylene sulfide (A) by the above-mentioned production method, it is preferable that the functional group of polyarylene sulfide (A) is an amino group, and accordingly, it is preferable that the functional group of compound (B) is an acid anhydride group.

 化合物(B)の具体例としては、ピロメリット酸、3,3’,4,4’-チオジフタル酸、3,3’,4,4’-スルホニルジフタル酸、3,3’,4,4’-ベンゾフェノンテトラカルボン酸、3,3’,4,4’-スルフィニルジフタル酸、3,3’,4,4’-ビフェニルテトラカルボン酸、3,3’,4,4’-テトラカルボキシルジフェニルメタン、9,9-ビス(3,4-ジカルボキシフェニル)フルオレン、ナフタレン-1,4,5,8-テトラカルボン酸、ビシクロ[2.2.2]オクト-7-エン-2,3,5,6-テトラカルボン酸、3,4,9,10-ペリレンテトラカルボン酸、ピロメリット酸無水物、3,3’,4,4’-チオジフタル酸無水物、3,3’,4,4’-スルホニルジフタル酸無水物、3,3’,4,4’-ベンゾフェノンテトラカルボン酸二無水物、3,3’,4,4’-スルフィニルジフタル酸無水物、3,3’,4,4’-ビフェニルテトラカルボン酸二無水物、3,3’,4,4’-テトラカルボキシルジフェニルメタン二無水物、9,9-ビス(3,4-ジカルボキシフェニル)フルオレン二無水物、ナフタレン-1,4,5,8-テトラカルボン酸二無水物、グリセリンビスアンヒドロトリメリテートモノアセテート、エチレングリコールビスアンヒドロトリメリテート、ビシクロ[2.2.2]オクト-7-エン-2,3,5,6-テトラカルボン酸二無水物、3,4,9,10-ペリレンテトラカルボン酸二無水物、4,4’-チオジ安息香酸、4,4’-ジカルボキシルベンゾフェノン、4,4’-スルフィニルジ安息香酸、4,4’-ジカルボキシルビフェニル、p-フェニレンジアミン、4,4’-ジアミノジフェニルスルフィド、4,4’-ジアミノジフェニルスルホン、4,4’-ジアミノベンゾフェノン、4,4’-ジアミノジフェニルメタン、4,4’-ジアミノジフェニルエーテル、2,7-ジアミノフルオレン、o-トルイジン、1,5-ジアミノナフタレン、p-ベンゼンジオール、4,4’-ジヒドロキシジフェニルスルフィド、4,4’-ジヒドロキシジフェニルスルフォン、4,4’-ジヒドロキシベンゾフェノン、4,4’-ジヒドロキシジフェニルメタン、4,4’-ジヒドロキシジフェニルエーテル、2,7-ジヒドロキシフルオレン、4,4’-ジヒドロキシビフェニル、1,5-ジヒドロキシナフタレン、が挙げられる。反応性の観点から3,3’,4,4’-チオジフタル酸無水物、3,3’,4,4’-ベンゾフェノンテトラカルボン酸二無水物、3,3’,4,4’-スルフィニルジフタル酸無水物、3,3’,4,4’-ビフェニルテトラカルボン酸二無水物、9,9-ビス(3,4-ジカルボキシフェニル)フルオレン二無水物、4,4’-チオジ安息香酸、4,4’-ジカルボキシルベンゾフェノン、4,4’-スルフィニルジ安息香酸、4,4’-ジカルボキシルビフェニル、ピロメリット酸、ピロメリット酸無水物、4,4’-ジアミノジフェニルスルホン、4,4’-ジアミノベンゾフェノンおよび2,7-ジアミノフルオレンから選ばれた化合物が好ましく用いられる。 Specific examples of compound (B) include pyromellitic acid, 3,3',4,4'-thiodiphthalic acid, 3,3',4,4'-sulfonyldiphthalic acid, 3,3',4,4'-benzophenonetetracarboxylic acid, 3,3',4,4'-sulfinyldiphthalic acid, 3,3',4,4'-biphenyltetracarboxylic acid, 3,3',4,4'-tetracarboxyldiphenylmethane, 9,9-bis(3,4-dicarboxyphenyl)fluorene, naphthalene-1,4,5,8-tetracarboxylic acid, and bicyclo[2.2.2]oct-7-ene-2,3,5,6-tetracarboxylic acid. , 3,4,9,10-perylenetetracarboxylic acid, pyromellitic anhydride, 3,3',4,4'-thiodiphthalic anhydride, 3,3',4,4'-sulfonyldiphthalic anhydride, 3,3',4,4'-benzophenonetetracarboxylic dianhydride, 3,3',4,4'-sulfinyldiphthalic anhydride, 3,3',4,4'-biphenyltetracarboxylic dianhydride, 3,3',4,4'-tetracarboxylicdiphenylmethane dianhydride, 9,9-bis(3,4-dicarboxyphenyl)fluorene dianhydride, naphthalene-1,4,5,8-tetracarboxylic dianhydride Water, glycerin bisanhydrotrimellitate monoacetate, ethylene glycol bisanhydrotrimellitate, bicyclo[2.2.2]oct-7-ene-2,3,5,6-tetracarboxylic dianhydride, 3,4,9,10-perylenetetracarboxylic dianhydride, 4,4'-thiodibenzoic acid, 4,4'-dicarboxylbenzophenone, 4,4'-sulfinyldibenzoic acid, 4,4'-dicarboxylbiphenyl, p-phenylenediamine, 4,4'-diaminodiphenyl sulfide, 4,4'-diaminodiphenyl sulfone, 4,4'-diaminobenzyl Examples of such benzophenone include 4,4'-diaminodiphenylmethane, 4,4'-diaminodiphenyl ether, 2,7-diaminofluorene, o-toluidine, 1,5-diaminonaphthalene, p-benzenediol, 4,4'-dihydroxydiphenyl sulfide, 4,4'-dihydroxydiphenyl sulfone, 4,4'-dihydroxybenzophenone, 4,4'-dihydroxydiphenylmethane, 4,4'-dihydroxydiphenyl ether, 2,7-dihydroxyfluorene, 4,4'-dihydroxybiphenyl, and 1,5-dihydroxynaphthalene. From the standpoint of reactivity, compounds selected from 3,3',4,4'-thiodiphthalic anhydride, 3,3',4,4'-benzophenonetetracarboxylic dianhydride, 3,3',4,4'-sulfinyldiphthalic anhydride, 3,3',4,4'-biphenyltetracarboxylic dianhydride, 9,9-bis(3,4-dicarboxyphenyl)fluorene dianhydride, 4,4'-thiodibenzoic acid, 4,4'-dicarboxylbenzophenone, 4,4'-sulfinyldibenzoic acid, 4,4'-dicarboxylbiphenyl, pyromellitic acid, pyromellitic anhydride, 4,4'-diaminodiphenyl sulfone, 4,4'-diaminobenzophenone, and 2,7-diaminofluorene are preferably used.

 [ポリアリーレンスルフィド共重合体の製造]
 ポリアリーレンスルフィド共重合体は、ポリアリーレンスルフィド(A)および化合物(B)を加熱することで製造できる。
[Production of polyarylene sulfide copolymer]
The polyarylene sulfide copolymer can be produced by heating the polyarylene sulfide (A) and the compound (B).

 化合物(B)に由来する官能基量[μmol/g]/ポリアリーレンスルフィド(A)に由来する官能基量[μmol/g]の比は、0.75以上1.25以下であることが好ましい。この範囲とすることで、得られるポリアリーレンスルフィド共重合体が高分子量になりやすく、十分な機械物性や耐薬品性を発現する傾向にある。 The ratio of the amount of functional groups derived from compound (B) [μmol/g] to the amount of functional groups derived from polyarylene sulfide (A) [μmol/g] is preferably 0.75 or more and 1.25 or less. By keeping it in this range, the resulting polyarylene sulfide copolymer tends to have a high molecular weight and exhibit sufficient mechanical properties and chemical resistance.

 ポリアリーレンスルフィド(A)および化合物(B)の加熱は、初めから全量を混合して加熱してもよいし、ポリアリーレンスルフィド(A)の少なくとも一部、および化合物(B)の少なくとも一部を混合して加熱した後、残りのポリアリーレンスルフィド(A)および/または化合物(B)を混合して加熱してもよい。後者の場合、ポリアリーレンスルフィド(A)の少なくとも一部、および化合物(B)の少なくとも一部を混合して加熱した後、引き続き残りのポリアリーレンスルフィド(A)および/または化合物(B)を混合して加熱してもよいし、ポリアリーレンスルフィド(A)の少なくとも一部、および化合物(B)の少なくとも一部を混合して加熱した後、生成物を一度取り出し、さらに残りのポリアリーレンスルフィド(A)および/または化合物(B)を混合して加熱してもよい。ポリアリーレンスルフィド共重合体が効率的に得られる観点からは、初めからポリアリーレンスルフィド(A)および化合物(B)の全量を混合して加熱することが好ましい。一方で、ポリアリーレンスルフィド共重合体の、ガラス転移点、結晶化温度、融点などの熱特性や、分子量、用途に応じた末端種およびその量を制御しやすく調整しやすいという観点からは、ポリアリーレンスルフィド(A)の少なくとも一部、および、化合物(B)の少なくとも一部を混合して加熱した後、残りのポリアリーレンスルフィド(A)および/または化合物(B)を混合して加熱することが好ましい。 The polyarylene sulfide (A) and compound (B) may be heated by mixing the entire amount from the beginning, or by mixing and heating at least a portion of the polyarylene sulfide (A) and at least a portion of the compound (B) and then mixing and heating the remaining polyarylene sulfide (A) and/or compound (B). In the latter case, at least a portion of the polyarylene sulfide (A) and at least a portion of the compound (B) may be mixed and heated, and then the remaining polyarylene sulfide (A) and/or compound (B) may be mixed and heated. Alternatively, at least a portion of the polyarylene sulfide (A) and at least a portion of the compound (B) may be mixed and heated, and the product may be removed, and then the remaining polyarylene sulfide (A) and/or compound (B) may be mixed and heated. From the viewpoint of efficiently obtaining a polyarylene sulfide copolymer, it is preferable to mix and heat the entire amount of the polyarylene sulfide (A) and compound (B) from the beginning. On the other hand, from the viewpoint of easily controlling and adjusting the thermal properties of the polyarylene sulfide copolymer, such as the glass transition temperature, crystallization temperature, and melting point, as well as the molecular weight, the terminal type and amount depending on the application, it is preferable to mix and heat at least a portion of the polyarylene sulfide (A) and at least a portion of the compound (B), and then mix and heat the remaining polyarylene sulfide (A) and/or compound (B).

 加熱の温度の下限は200℃以上が例示でき、230℃以上が好ましく、250℃以上がより好ましい。加熱温度の下限をこのような範囲とすることで、容易にポリアリーレンスルフィド(A)と化合物(B)との反応を促進することができる。加熱温度をポリアリーレンスルフィド(A)が融解する温度以上とすることでより短時間で反応を完結できる傾向にある。ポリアリーレンスルフィド(A)が融解する温度は、ポリアリーレンスルフィド(A)の組成や分子量、また、加熱時の環境により変化するため、一意的に示すことはできないが、例えばポリアリーレンスルフィド(A)を示差走査型熱量計で分析することで把握することが可能である。加熱温度の上限としては400℃以下が例示でき、好ましくは380℃以下、より好ましくは360℃以下である。加熱温度の上限をこのような範囲とすることで、ポリアリーレンスルフィド(A)間などでの架橋反応や分解反応に代表される好ましくない副反応を抑制でき、得られるポリアリーレンスルフィド共重合体の特性低下を抑制できる傾向にある。 The lower limit of the heating temperature can be, for example, 200°C or higher, preferably 230°C or higher, and more preferably 250°C or higher. By setting the lower limit of the heating temperature in this range, the reaction between the polyarylene sulfide (A) and the compound (B) can be easily promoted. Setting the heating temperature to a temperature higher than the melting point of the polyarylene sulfide (A) tends to complete the reaction in a shorter time. The melting point of the polyarylene sulfide (A) cannot be uniquely determined because it varies depending on the composition and molecular weight of the polyarylene sulfide (A) and the heating environment. However, it can be determined, for example, by analyzing the polyarylene sulfide (A) with a differential scanning calorimeter. The upper limit of the heating temperature can be, for example, 400°C or lower, preferably 380°C or lower, and more preferably 360°C or lower. Setting the upper limit of the heating temperature within this range tends to suppress undesirable side reactions, such as crosslinking reactions and decomposition reactions between polyarylene sulfides (A), and to suppress deterioration in the properties of the resulting polyarylene sulfide copolymer.

 加熱を行う時間はポリアリーレンスルフィド(A)の組成や分子量、また、加熱時の環境により変化するため、一意的に示すことはできないが、前記した好ましくない副反応がなるべく起こらないように設定することが好ましい。加熱時間の下限としては、0.1分以上が例示でき、1分以上が好ましく、2分以上がより好ましく、3分以上がさらに好ましい。加熱時間の下限をこのような範囲とすることで、ポリアリーレンスルフィド(A)と化合物(B)との反応をより十分に進めることができる。加熱時間の上限としては、100時間以内が例示でき、20時間以内が好ましく、10時間以内がより好ましく、1時間以内がさらに好ましい。加熱時間の上限をこのような範囲とすることで、経済性に優れ、かつ前記した好ましくない副反応を避けられる傾向にある。 The heating time cannot be specified uniquely because it varies depending on the composition and molecular weight of the polyarylene sulfide (A) and the heating environment, but it is preferable to set it so as to minimize the occurrence of the undesirable side reactions described above. The lower limit of the heating time can be, for example, 0.1 minutes or more, with 1 minute or more being preferred, 2 minutes or more being more preferred, and 3 minutes or more being even more preferred. By setting the lower limit of the heating time in this range, the reaction between the polyarylene sulfide (A) and the compound (B) can be more fully promoted. The upper limit of the heating time can be, for example, 100 hours or less, with 20 hours or less being preferred, 10 hours or less being more preferred, and 1 hour or less being even more preferred. Setting the upper limit of the heating time in this range is economical and tends to avoid the undesirable side reactions described above.

 加熱は、溶媒の非存在下で行うことも、溶媒の存在下で行うことも可能である。溶媒の存在下で行う場合、溶媒としては、生成したポリアリーレンスルフィド共重合体の分解や架橋などの好ましくない副反応を実質的に引き起こさないものであれば特に制限はない。溶媒は1種類または2種類以上の混合物として使用することができる。一方で、ポリアリーレンスルフィド共重合体が効率的に得られる観点からは、実質的に無溶媒条件で行うことが好ましい。また、得られるポリアリーレンスルフィド共重合体を成形加工する際の、発生ガスによる成形品の汚染を防ぐ観点からも、実質的に無溶媒条件で行うことが好ましい。ここで、実質的な無溶媒条件とは、ポリアリーレンスルフィド(A)および化合物(B)を加熱する系内の溶媒が10重量%以下であることを指し、3重量%以下が好ましい。 Heating can be carried out in the absence or presence of a solvent. When heating is carried out in the presence of a solvent, there are no particular restrictions on the solvent, so long as it does not substantially cause undesirable side reactions such as decomposition or crosslinking of the resulting polyarylene sulfide copolymer. One type of solvent or a mixture of two or more types can be used. On the other hand, from the perspective of efficiently obtaining the polyarylene sulfide copolymer, heating under substantially solvent-free conditions is preferable. Furthermore, from the perspective of preventing contamination of molded products by evolved gases when molding the resulting polyarylene sulfide copolymer, heating under substantially solvent-free conditions is also preferable. Here, substantially solvent-free conditions refer to a system in which the polyarylene sulfide (A) and compound (B) are heated, with the solvent content being 10% by weight or less, preferably 3% by weight or less.

 本発明のポリアリーレンスルフィド共重合体の製造方法における加熱は、通常の重合反応装置を用いる方法で行うことができるのはもちろんのこと、成形品を製造する型内で行ってもよいし、押出機や溶融混練機を用いて行うこともできる。加熱機構を具備した装置を用いる方法であれば特に制限なく行うことが可能であり、バッチ方式、連続方式などの公知の方法が採用できる。 In the method for producing the polyarylene sulfide copolymer of the present invention, heating can be carried out using a conventional polymerization reaction apparatus, or it can be carried out in a mold for producing a molded product, or it can be carried out using an extruder or melt kneader. There are no particular restrictions on the method as long as it uses equipment equipped with a heating mechanism, and known methods such as batch and continuous methods can be used.

 加熱の際の雰囲気は、非酸化性雰囲気であることが好ましく、減圧条件下で行うことも好ましい。また、減圧条件下で行う場合、反応系内の雰囲気を一度非酸化性雰囲気としてから減圧条件にすることが好ましい。これにより、ポリアリーレンスルフィド(A)間や生成するポリアリーレンスルフィド共重合体間などでの架橋反応や分解反応などの好ましくない副反応を抑制できる傾向にある。なお、非酸化性雰囲気とは気相における酸素濃度が5体積%以下、好ましくは2体積%以下、より好ましくは酸素を実質的に含有しない雰囲気、すなわち窒素、ヘリウム、アルゴンなどの不活性ガス雰囲気であることを指す。この中でも特に経済性および取り扱いの容易さの面からは窒素雰囲気が好ましい。また、減圧条件下とは反応を行う系内が大気圧よりも低いことを指し、圧力の上限としては50kPa以下が好ましく、20kPa以下がより好ましく、10kPa以下がさらに好ましい。圧力の上限をこのような範囲とすることで、架橋反応など好ましくない副反応が抑制できる傾向にある。圧力の下限としては0.1kPa以上が例示できる。圧力の下限を0.1kPa以上とすることで、必要以上に減圧にすることによる反応装置への負荷を避けることができる。 The heating atmosphere is preferably a non-oxidizing atmosphere, and it is also preferable to carry out the heating under reduced pressure conditions. Furthermore, when carrying out the heating under reduced pressure conditions, it is preferable to first change the atmosphere in the reaction system to a non-oxidizing atmosphere and then to a reduced pressure condition. This tends to suppress undesirable side reactions such as crosslinking reactions and decomposition reactions between polyarylene sulfides (A) or between the resulting polyarylene sulfide copolymers. A non-oxidizing atmosphere refers to an atmosphere in which the oxygen concentration in the gas phase is 5% by volume or less, preferably 2% by volume or less, and more preferably an atmosphere that is substantially free of oxygen, i.e., an inert gas atmosphere such as nitrogen, helium, or argon. Among these, a nitrogen atmosphere is particularly preferable from the standpoint of economy and ease of handling. Furthermore, reduced pressure conditions refer to a system in which the reaction is carried out at a pressure lower than atmospheric pressure, with the upper limit of the pressure being preferably 50 kPa or less, more preferably 20 kPa or less, and even more preferably 10 kPa or less. Setting the upper limit of the pressure within this range tends to suppress undesirable side reactions such as crosslinking reactions. An example of a lower limit of the pressure is 0.1 kPa or more. By setting the lower pressure limit to 0.1 kPa or higher, it is possible to avoid putting strain on the reactor due to reducing the pressure more than necessary.

 [ポリアリーレンスルフィド共重合体粒子の製造方法]
 ポリアリーレンスルフィド共重合体粒子は、ポリアリーレンスルフィド共重合体と水溶性熱可塑性樹脂を溶融混練する工程1、および水溶性熱可塑性樹脂を水またはアルコール類による洗浄で除去する工程2を含む工程により製造できる。
[Method for producing polyarylene sulfide copolymer particles]
The polyarylene sulfide copolymer particles can be produced by a process including step 1 of melt-kneading the polyarylene sulfide copolymer and the water-soluble thermoplastic resin, and step 2 of removing the water-soluble thermoplastic resin by washing with water or an alcohol.

 [工程1]
 [水溶性熱可塑性樹脂]
 本発明のポリアリーレンスルフィド共重合体粒子の製造方法では水溶性熱可塑性樹脂が用いられる。水溶性の熱可塑性樹脂であれば制限はないが、具体例としてはポリアルキレングリコール、ポリビニルアルコール、ポリビニルピロリドン、ポリアミド、ポリアミドイミドなどを例示することができ、ポリアルキレングリコールを好ましく使用することができる。本発明では水溶性熱可塑性樹脂を使用することで後述する洗浄工程で水またはアルコール類を使用することができ、作業者の有機溶媒への暴露を防止できる点で好ましい。また、環境中への化学物質の排出を低減できる点からも好ましい。水溶性熱可塑性樹脂は10%重量減少温度が300℃以上であることが好ましい。10%重量減少温度が300℃以上であることでポリアリーレンスルフィド共重合体と溶融混練する工程で分解ガス量が減少するため好ましい。10%重量減少温度は、例えば窒素気流下での熱質量測定によって分析することができ、10%重量減少温度が300℃以上のポリマーの例としてポリアルキレングリコールおよびポリビニルピロリドンを挙げることができる。また、水溶性熱可塑性樹脂はポリアリーレンスルフィド共重合体と溶融混練時に非相溶であることが好ましい。非相溶とはマクロレベルでは混練されているように見えても双方の樹脂が分子レベルで完全に混合されていない状態である。水溶性熱可塑性樹脂がポリアリーレンスルフィド共重合体と非相溶であることで、例えば樹脂組成物を水またはアルコール類で洗浄を行った際に水溶性熱可塑性樹脂が容易に分離・除去されることでポリアリーレンスルフィド共重合体微粒子が得られるため好ましい。水溶性熱可塑性樹脂がポリアリーレンスルフィド共重合体と相溶となる場合は、樹脂組成物の内部で両者が一体化するため、水またはアルコール類で洗浄を行ってもポリアリーレンスルフィド共重合体微粒子は得られない。非相溶となるかどうかは混練時の条件やポリアリーレンスルフィド共重合体の組成によるため一概には言えないが、ポリアリーレンスルフィド共重合体と非相溶になりやすい水溶性熱可塑性樹脂の例としてポリアルキレングリコールを挙げることができる。
[Step 1]
[Water-soluble thermoplastic resin]
The method for producing polyarylene sulfide copolymer particles of the present invention uses a water-soluble thermoplastic resin. While there are no limitations on the water-soluble thermoplastic resin, specific examples include polyalkylene glycol, polyvinyl alcohol, polyvinylpyrrolidone, polyamide, and polyamideimide, with polyalkylene glycol being preferred. In the present invention, the use of a water-soluble thermoplastic resin allows the use of water or alcohols in the cleaning process described below, thereby preventing worker exposure to organic solvents. It is also preferred because it reduces the release of chemical substances into the environment. The water-soluble thermoplastic resin preferably has a 10% weight loss temperature of 300°C or higher. A 10% weight loss temperature of 300°C or higher is preferred because it reduces the amount of decomposition gas during the melt-kneading process with the polyarylene sulfide copolymer. The 10% weight loss temperature can be analyzed, for example, by thermogravimetry under a nitrogen gas flow. Examples of polymers with a 10% weight loss temperature of 300°C or higher include polyalkylene glycol and polyvinylpyrrolidone. Furthermore, the water-soluble thermoplastic resin is preferably incompatible with the polyarylene sulfide copolymer during melt-kneading. Incompatibility refers to a state in which the two resins are not completely mixed at the molecular level, even if they appear to be kneaded at the macro level. Incompatibility between the water-soluble thermoplastic resin and the polyarylene sulfide copolymer is preferable because, for example, when the resin composition is washed with water or alcohols, the water-soluble thermoplastic resin is easily separated and removed, thereby obtaining polyarylene sulfide copolymer microparticles. When the water-soluble thermoplastic resin is compatible with the polyarylene sulfide copolymer, the two are integrated within the resin composition, and polyarylene sulfide copolymer microparticles cannot be obtained even when washed with water or alcohols. Whether or not they become incompatible depends on the kneading conditions and the composition of the polyarylene sulfide copolymer, so it is difficult to generalize. However, polyalkylene glycols are an example of a water-soluble thermoplastic resin that is likely to be incompatible with the polyarylene sulfide copolymer.

 本発明のポリアリーレンスルフィド共重合体粒子の原料のポリアリーレンスルフィド共重合体の形態に特に制限はなく、粉体、ペレット、繊維、フィルム、成形品、顆粒などが例示できる。一般的に、樹脂の微粒化方法として、ジェットミル、ビーズミル、ハンマーミル、ボールミル、カッターミル、石臼型摩砕機等を用いた乾式粉砕、湿式粉砕、冷凍粉砕が知られているが、これらの方法は、ペレットや成形品を原料とする場合には、微細化が不十分となり所望の粒径の粒子が得られない、長時間の粉砕が必要であり経済性や生産性が低下するなどの問題が生じる。しかし、本方法では、ペレットや成形品を原料とする場合にも容易に粒子化が可能である。 There are no particular restrictions on the form of the polyarylene sulfide copolymer used as the raw material for the polyarylene sulfide copolymer particles of the present invention, and examples include powder, pellets, fibers, films, molded products, and granules. Generally, dry grinding, wet grinding, and freeze grinding using jet mills, bead mills, hammer mills, ball mills, cutter mills, stone-type grinders, etc. are known as methods for micronizing resins. However, when pellets or molded products are used as the raw material, these methods can result in insufficient micronization, making it impossible to obtain particles of the desired particle size, or require long grinding times, resulting in reduced economic efficiency and productivity. However, the present method makes it possible to easily produce particles even when pellets or molded products are used as the raw material.

 本発明のポリアリーレンスルフィド共重合体粒子の製造に使用する、ポリアリーレンスルフィド共重合体のガラス転移点の下限は95℃以上であり、100℃以上が好ましく、110℃以上がより好ましい。ガラス転移点が95℃未満では高温条件下において高い剛性が得られない。ガラス転移点の上限は190℃以下であり、180℃以下が好ましく、160℃以下がより好ましい。ガラス転移点が190℃を超えると耐薬品性が不足する。 The lower limit of the glass transition point of the polyarylene sulfide copolymer used to produce the polyarylene sulfide copolymer particles of the present invention is 95°C or higher, preferably 100°C or higher, and more preferably 110°C or higher. If the glass transition point is below 95°C, high rigidity cannot be obtained under high-temperature conditions. The upper limit of the glass transition point is 190°C or lower, preferably 180°C or lower, and more preferably 160°C or lower. If the glass transition point exceeds 190°C, chemical resistance will be insufficient.

 原料であるポリアリーレンスルフィド共重合体のガラス転移点とポリアリーレンスルフィド共重合体粒子のガラス転移点は、ポリアリーレンスルフィド共重合体微粒子を製造する条件によって変化することがある。ポリアリーレンスルフィド共重合体またはポリアリーレンスルフィド共重合体粒子のガラス転移点は、後述の方法によって示差走査熱量計を用いて20℃/分の速度で0℃から340℃まで昇温した際に検出されるベースラインシフトの変曲点と定義する。 The glass transition points of the raw material polyarylene sulfide copolymer and polyarylene sulfide copolymer particles may vary depending on the conditions for producing polyarylene sulfide copolymer microparticles. The glass transition point of the polyarylene sulfide copolymer or polyarylene sulfide copolymer particles is defined as the inflection point of the baseline shift detected when the temperature is raised from 0°C to 340°C at a rate of 20°C/min using a differential scanning calorimeter using the method described below.

 本発明のポリアリーレンスルフィド共重合体粒子の製造に使用する、ポリアリーレンスルフィド共重合体の重量平均分子量の下限は、30,000以上が好ましく、40,000以上がより好ましく、50,000以上がさらに好ましい。重量平均分子量が30,000以上であることで、ポリアリーレンスルフィド共重合体微粒子の機械特性が高くなる傾向にある。ポリアリーレンスルフィド共重合体粒子の分子量の上限に特に制限はないが、重量平均分子量で200,000以下を例示でき、150,000以下が好ましく、100,000以下がより好ましい。重量平均分子量の上限が上記範囲であることで、ポリアリーレンスルフィド共重合体粒子の成形性が優れる傾向にある。 The lower limit of the weight-average molecular weight of the polyarylene sulfide copolymer used to produce the polyarylene sulfide copolymer particles of the present invention is preferably 30,000 or more, more preferably 40,000 or more, and even more preferably 50,000 or more. A weight-average molecular weight of 30,000 or more tends to improve the mechanical properties of the polyarylene sulfide copolymer microparticles. There is no particular upper limit to the molecular weight of the polyarylene sulfide copolymer particles, but examples include a weight-average molecular weight of 200,000 or less, with 150,000 or less being preferred and 100,000 or less being more preferred. Having an upper limit for the weight-average molecular weight within the above range tends to improve the moldability of the polyarylene sulfide copolymer particles.

 原料であるポリアリーレンスルフィド共重合体の重量平均分子量とポリアリーレンスルフィド共重合体粒子の重量平均分子量は、ポリアリーレンスルフィド共重合体粒子を製造する条件によって変化することがある。変化の度合いは、ポリアリーレンスルフィド共重合体粒子の重量平均分子量を、粒子製造に使用するポリアリーレンスルフィド共重合体の分子量で除した値の百分率であるMw保持率で評価することができる。Mw保持率は50%以上が好ましく、60%以上がより好ましく、80%以上がさらに好ましい。Mw保持率を上記範囲にすることでポリアリーレンスルフィド共重合体粒子の機械物性を高く保つことができるため好ましい。Mw保持率の上限に特に制限は150%以下が好ましく、130%以下がより好ましい。Mw保持率が150%を超えると、粘度が高くなり取扱いが容易でなくなる。Mw保持率は後述するように溶解工程においてポリアリーレンスルフィド共重合体を溶媒に溶解させた際のポリアリーレンスルフィド共重合体の安定性によって変化するため、使用する溶媒の種類や水分量によって調整することができる。 The weight-average molecular weight of the raw material polyarylene sulfide copolymer and the weight-average molecular weight of the polyarylene sulfide copolymer particles may change depending on the conditions for producing the polyarylene sulfide copolymer particles. The degree of change can be evaluated by the Mw retention, which is the percentage of the weight-average molecular weight of the polyarylene sulfide copolymer particles divided by the molecular weight of the polyarylene sulfide copolymer used to produce the particles. An Mw retention of 50% or more is preferred, more preferably 60% or more, and even more preferably 80% or more. Keeping the Mw retention within the above range is preferable because it allows the mechanical properties of the polyarylene sulfide copolymer particles to be maintained at a high level. The upper limit of the Mw retention is preferably 150% or less, more preferably 130% or less. If the Mw retention exceeds 150%, the viscosity increases and handling becomes difficult. As described below, the Mw retention rate varies depending on the stability of the polyarylene sulfide copolymer when it is dissolved in a solvent in the dissolution step, and can therefore be adjusted by the type of solvent used and the amount of water.

 [ポリアルキレングリコール]
 本発明のポリアリーレンスルフィド共重合体粒子の製造方法で用いられる特に好ましい水溶性熱可塑性樹脂として、ポリアルキレングリコールを挙げることができる。本発明で用いられるポリアルキレングリコ-ルに特に制限はないが、具体例としてはポリエチレングリコール、ポリプロピレングリコール、ポリテトラメチレングリコール、ポリペンタメチレングリコール、ポリヘキサメチレングリコール、ポリエチレングリコール-ポリテトラメチレングリコール共重合体、ならびにこれらの片末端、または両末端の水酸基をメチル基、エチル基、プロピル基、イソプロピル基、ブチル基、ヘキシル基、オクチル基、デシル基、ドデシル基、ヘキサデシル基、オクタデシル基などで封鎖したアルキルフェニルエーテル体などが挙げられる。これらの中でも洗浄による除去の容易さからポリエチレングリコールまたはポリプロピレングリコールが好ましく、ポリエチレングリコールがより好ましく用いられる。
[Polyalkylene glycol]
A particularly preferred water-soluble thermoplastic resin used in the method for producing polyarylene sulfide copolymer particles of the present invention is polyalkylene glycol. There are no particular limitations on the polyalkylene glycol used in the present invention, but specific examples include polyethylene glycol, polypropylene glycol, polytetramethylene glycol, polypentamethylene glycol, polyhexamethylene glycol, polyethylene glycol-polytetramethylene glycol copolymers, and alkylphenyl ethers in which the hydroxyl groups at one or both ends of these are blocked with methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, hexyl, octyl, decyl, dodecyl, hexadecyl, octadecyl, or the like. Among these, polyethylene glycol or polypropylene glycol is preferred because of its ease of removal by washing, and polyethylene glycol is more preferred.

 ポリアルキレングリコールの重量平均分子量の下限は、1,000以上が好ましく、2,000以上がより好ましく、10,000以上がさらに好ましい。ポリアルキレングリコールをポリフェニレンスルフィド共重合体と溶融混練した際に均一な分散状態が得られるため、上記範囲にすることが好ましい。また、ポリアルキレングリコールの重量平均分子量の上限は、1,000,000以下が好ましく、800,000以下が好ましく、500,000以下がさらに好ましい。洗浄による除去の容易さから上記範囲であることが好ましい。 The lower limit of the weight-average molecular weight of the polyalkylene glycol is preferably 1,000 or more, more preferably 2,000 or more, and even more preferably 10,000 or more. This range is preferable because it allows for a uniform dispersion when the polyalkylene glycol is melt-kneaded with the polyphenylene sulfide copolymer. The upper limit of the weight-average molecular weight of the polyalkylene glycol is preferably 1,000,000 or less, more preferably 800,000 or less, and even more preferably 500,000 or less. The above range is preferable because it allows for ease of removal by washing.

 ポリアリーレンスルフィド共重合体の溶融粘度(ηa)と水溶性熱可塑性樹脂の溶融粘度(ηb)との粘度比ηa/ηbの下限は0.1以上であることが好ましく、1以上であることがより好ましい。また、上限は1000以下であることが好ましく、500以下であることがより好ましく300以下であることがさらに好ましい。溶融粘度比ηa/ηbが1に近づくほど得られる粒子の粒子径が小さくなる傾向にあるが、D50粒子径が1μm以上の粒子を製造する上で1に近づくことは問題ない。また、溶融粘度比ηa/ηbが上記の下限値以上、上限値以下であることでD50粒子径が1,000μm以下のポリアリーレンスルフィド共重合体粒子を製造できるため好ましい。 The lower limit of the viscosity ratio ηa/ηb, where ηa is the melt viscosity of the polyarylene sulfide copolymer and ηb is the melt viscosity of the water-soluble thermoplastic resin, is preferably 0.1 or more, and more preferably 1 or more. The upper limit is preferably 1,000 or less, more preferably 500 or less, and even more preferably 300 or less. The closer the melt viscosity ratio ηa/ηb is to 1, the smaller the particle size of the resulting particles tends to be; however, a ratio approaching 1 is not a problem when producing particles with a D50 particle size of 1 μm or more. Furthermore, having the melt viscosity ratio ηa/ηb be equal to or greater than the above lower limit and equal to or less than the above upper limit is preferred, as this allows the production of polyarylene sulfide copolymer particles with a D50 particle size of 1,000 μm or less.

 ここでいうポリアリーレンスルフィド共重合体および水溶性熱可塑性樹脂の溶融粘度は、溶融状態での動的粘弾性測定で得られた300℃における複素粘度である。 The melt viscosity of the polyarylene sulfide copolymer and water-soluble thermoplastic resin referred to here is the complex viscosity at 300°C obtained by dynamic viscoelasticity measurement in the molten state.

 ポリアリーレンスルフィド共重合体と水溶性熱可塑性樹脂の比率は、ポリアリーレンスルフィド共重合体が水溶性熱可塑性樹脂中に良好に分散する限り制限はないが、比率の下限は水溶性熱可塑性樹脂100重量部に対してポリアリーレンスルフィド共重合体が1重量部以上であることが好ましく、10重量部以上であることがより好ましく、30重量部以上であることがさらに好ましい。上記の範囲であることが経済性や生産性の観点から好ましい。また、溶融混練時にポリアリーレンスルフィド共重合体のポリアルキレングリコールへの良好な分散を確保する観点からは、ポリアルキレングリコール100重量部に対してポリアリーレンスルフィド共重合体が100重量部以下であることが好ましく、80重量部であることがより好ましく、50重量部以下であることがさらに好ましい。 There are no restrictions on the ratio of polyarylene sulfide copolymer to water-soluble thermoplastic resin as long as the polyarylene sulfide copolymer is well dispersed in the water-soluble thermoplastic resin, but the lower limit of the ratio is preferably 1 part by weight or more of polyarylene sulfide copolymer per 100 parts by weight of water-soluble thermoplastic resin, more preferably 10 parts by weight or more, and even more preferably 30 parts by weight or more. The above range is preferable from the standpoint of economy and productivity. Furthermore, from the standpoint of ensuring good dispersion of the polyarylene sulfide copolymer in the polyalkylene glycol during melt-kneading, the polyarylene sulfide copolymer is preferably 100 parts by weight or less of polyarylene sulfide copolymer per 100 parts by weight of polyalkylene glycol, more preferably 80 parts by weight or less, and even more preferably 50 parts by weight or less.

 なお、溶融混練時にはポリアリーレンスルフィド共重合体および水溶性熱可塑性樹脂以外のその他の成分を配合することも可能であり、他の熱可塑性樹脂、酸化防止剤、相溶化剤などを含んでもよい。他の熱可塑性樹脂の具体例としては、塩化ビニル樹脂、塩化ビニリデン樹脂、酢酸ビニル樹脂、ポリビニルアルコール、ポリビニルアセタール、ポリスチレン、AS樹脂、ABS樹脂、メタクリル樹脂、ポリエチレン、ポリプロピレン、ポリアミド、ポリアセタール、ポリカーボネート、ポリエチレンテレフタレート、ポリブチレンテレフタレート、液晶ポリエステル樹脂、ポリフェニレンエーテル、ポリフェニレンスルフィド、ポリアリレート、ポリスルホン、ポリエーテルスルホン、ポリエーテルイミド、ポリエーテルエーテルケトン、フッ素樹脂、熱可塑性エラストマーが挙げられる。その他の成分は、水溶性熱可塑性樹脂100重量部に対して10重量部以下であることが好ましく、5重量部以下であることがより好ましい。 It is also possible to blend components other than the polyarylene sulfide copolymer and water-soluble thermoplastic resin during melt-kneading, and other thermoplastic resins, antioxidants, compatibilizers, etc. may be included. Specific examples of other thermoplastic resins include vinyl chloride resin, vinylidene chloride resin, vinyl acetate resin, polyvinyl alcohol, polyvinyl acetal, polystyrene, AS resin, ABS resin, methacrylic resin, polyethylene, polypropylene, polyamide, polyacetal, polycarbonate, polyethylene terephthalate, polybutylene terephthalate, liquid crystal polyester resin, polyphenylene ether, polyphenylene sulfide, polyarylate, polysulfone, polyethersulfone, polyetherimide, polyetheretherketone, fluororesin, and thermoplastic elastomer. The amount of other components is preferably 10 parts by weight or less, and more preferably 5 parts by weight or less, per 100 parts by weight of the water-soluble thermoplastic resin.

 本発明のポリアリーレンスルフィド共重合体粒子の製造方法では、ポリアリーレンスルフィド共重合体を水溶性熱可塑性樹脂中に分散させることが必要である。そのために、ポリアリーレンスルフィド共重合体および水溶性熱可塑性樹脂を混合した混合物を加熱することが好ましい。必要な加熱温度はポリアリーレンスルフィド共重合体の分子量や構造、濃度、溶媒種などにより異なるが、通常は250℃以上が好ましく、270℃以上がより好ましく、300℃以上がさらに好ましい。上限としては、ポリアリーレンスルフィド共重合体および水溶性熱可塑性樹脂の分解を抑制する観点から、400℃以下が好ましく、320℃以下がより好ましい。 In the method for producing polyarylene sulfide copolymer particles of the present invention, it is necessary to disperse the polyarylene sulfide copolymer in the water-soluble thermoplastic resin. To this end, it is preferable to heat a mixture of the polyarylene sulfide copolymer and the water-soluble thermoplastic resin. The required heating temperature varies depending on the molecular weight, structure, concentration, and type of solvent of the polyarylene sulfide copolymer, but is generally preferably 250°C or higher, more preferably 270°C or higher, and even more preferably 300°C or higher. From the viewpoint of suppressing decomposition of the polyarylene sulfide copolymer and the water-soluble thermoplastic resin, the upper limit is preferably 400°C or lower, and more preferably 320°C or lower.

 本製造方法における加熱は、通常の重合反応装置を用いる方法で行うことができるのはもちろんのこと、成形品を製造する型内で行ってもよいし、押出機や溶融混練機を用いて行うこともできる。加熱機構を具備した装置を用いる方法であれば特に制限なく行うことが可能であり、バッチ方式、連続方式などの公知の方法が採用できる。ポリアリーレンスルフィド共重合体の水溶性熱可塑性樹脂への分散性および生産性の観点から、押出機を用いて溶融混練する方法が好ましく例示できる。溶融混練は実質的に無溶媒条件で行うことが好ましい。実質的に無溶媒とは混合物中の溶媒が10重量%以下であることを指し、3重量%以下がより好ましい。 In this production method, heating can of course be carried out using a conventional polymerization reaction apparatus, but it can also be carried out in a mold for producing a molded product, or using an extruder or melt-kneader. There are no particular restrictions on the method as long as it uses equipment equipped with a heating mechanism, and known methods such as batch and continuous methods can be used. From the standpoint of productivity and the dispersibility of the polyarylene sulfide copolymer in the water-soluble thermoplastic resin, a preferred example is a method of melt-kneading using an extruder. It is preferable to carry out melt-kneading under substantially solvent-free conditions. "Substantially solvent-free" means that the solvent in the mixture is 10% by weight or less, and 3% by weight or less is more preferred.

 加熱の際の雰囲気は、非酸化性雰囲気であることが好ましく、減圧条件下で行うことも好ましい。また、減圧条件下で行う場合、反応系内の雰囲気を一度非酸化性雰囲気としてから減圧条件にすることが好ましい。なお、非酸化性雰囲気とは気相における酸素濃度が5体積%以下、好ましくは2体積%以下、より好ましくは酸素を実質的に含有しない雰囲気、すなわち窒素、ヘリウム、アルゴンなどの不活性ガス雰囲気であることを指す。この中でも特に経済性および取り扱いの容易さの面からは窒素雰囲気が好ましい。また、減圧条件下とは反応を行う系内が大気圧よりも低いことを指し、圧力の上限としては50kPa以下が好ましく、20kPa以下がより好ましく、10kPa以下がさらに好ましい。圧力の上限をこのような範囲とすることで、架橋反応など好ましくない副反応が抑制できる傾向にある。圧力の下限としては0.1kPa以上が例示できる。圧力の下限を0.1kPa以上とすることで、必要以上に減圧にすることによる反応装置への負荷を避けることができる。 The heating atmosphere is preferably a non-oxidizing atmosphere, and it is also preferable to carry out the heating under reduced pressure conditions. Furthermore, when carrying out the heating under reduced pressure conditions, it is preferable to first change the atmosphere in the reaction system to a non-oxidizing atmosphere and then to a reduced pressure condition. A non-oxidizing atmosphere refers to an atmosphere in which the oxygen concentration in the gas phase is 5% by volume or less, preferably 2% by volume or less, and more preferably an atmosphere containing substantially no oxygen, i.e., an inert gas atmosphere such as nitrogen, helium, or argon. Among these, a nitrogen atmosphere is particularly preferable from the standpoints of economy and ease of handling. Furthermore, reduced pressure conditions refer to a system in which the reaction is carried out at a pressure lower than atmospheric pressure, with the upper limit of the pressure being preferably 50 kPa or less, more preferably 20 kPa or less, and even more preferably 10 kPa or less. Setting the upper limit of the pressure in this range tends to suppress undesirable side reactions such as crosslinking reactions. An example of a lower limit of the pressure is 0.1 kPa or more. Setting the lower limit of the pressure to 0.1 kPa or more can avoid the burden on the reaction apparatus caused by reducing the pressure more than necessary.

 [工程2]
 本発明の製造方法は、工程1でポリアリーレンスルフィド共重合体と水溶性熱可塑性樹脂を溶融混練し、得られた混合物を水溶性熱可塑性樹脂が可溶な溶媒で洗浄し、除去する工程を含む。そして、残ったポリアリーレンスルフィド共重合体粒子を回収する。
[Step 2]
The production method of the present invention includes a step of melt-kneading a polyarylene sulfide copolymer and a water-soluble thermoplastic resin in step 1, washing the resulting mixture with a solvent in which the water-soluble thermoplastic resin is soluble, and removing the water-soluble thermoplastic resin. Then, the remaining polyarylene sulfide copolymer particles are recovered.

 ポリアリーレンスルフィド共重合体の洗浄は公知の方法で実施することが可能である。ポリアリーレンスルフィド共重合体粒子への付着物や内包物を除去するための洗浄方法としてはリスラリー洗浄などを使用することができ、適宜加熱しても構わない。 The polyarylene sulfide copolymer can be washed using known methods. Re-slurry washing can be used as a washing method to remove deposits and inclusions from the polyarylene sulfide copolymer particles, and heating may be used as appropriate.

 洗浄で使用する溶媒としてはポリアリーレンスルフィド共重合体粒子を溶解せず、水溶性熱可塑性樹脂を溶解する溶媒であれば制限はないが、メタノール、エタノール、イソプロパノールなどのアルコール類や水が好ましく、水が最も好ましい。特に、水で洗浄することで粒子化作業における作業者の有機溶剤への暴露を最小限にとどめることができ、環境中への有機溶剤の排出による環境汚染を抑制できる点からも好ましい。また、水で洗浄することでポリアリーレンスルフィド共重合体粒子中に可塑剤となる有機溶剤が残留することを抑制することができ、三次元造形物や強化繊維複合基材の原料として用いた際に機械物性の低下を抑制できる点でも好ましい。 There are no restrictions on the solvent used for washing, as long as it does not dissolve the polyarylene sulfide copolymer particles but dissolves the water-soluble thermoplastic resin. However, alcohols such as methanol, ethanol, and isopropanol, and water are preferred, with water being the most preferred. Washing with water is particularly preferred because it minimizes worker exposure to organic solvents during the granulation process and prevents environmental pollution due to the release of organic solvents into the environment. Washing with water is also preferred because it prevents organic solvents that act as plasticizers from remaining in the polyarylene sulfide copolymer particles, preventing a decrease in mechanical properties when the particles are used as a raw material for three-dimensional objects or reinforced fiber composite substrates.

 洗浄工程の後、ポリアリーレンスルフィド共重合体粒子を単離および乾燥する。単離の方法としては、例えば濾過、遠心分離、遠心濾過、加熱乾燥、スプレードライ、デカンテーションなどを挙げることができる。乾燥は、ポリアリーレンスルフィド共重合体粒子の融点以下で実施するのが好ましく、減圧しても構わない。乾燥方法としては、風乾、熱風乾燥、加熱乾燥、減圧乾燥や凍結乾燥などが選択される。 After the washing step, the polyarylene sulfide copolymer particles are isolated and dried. Isolation methods include, for example, filtration, centrifugation, centrifugal filtration, heat drying, spray drying, and decantation. Drying is preferably carried out below the melting point of the polyarylene sulfide copolymer particles, and may be carried out under reduced pressure. Drying methods that can be selected include air drying, hot air drying, heat drying, reduced-pressure drying, and freeze drying.

 [ポリアリーレンスルフィド共重合体粒子を含有する樹脂組成物]
 ポリアリーレンスルフィド共重合体粒子は、その他任意の成分として、例えば結晶核剤、各種充填材および添加剤などから選ばれる成分を配合し、樹脂組成物として用いることも可能である。本発明のポリアリーレンスルフィド共重合体粒子は、充填材およびその他添加剤から選ばれる成分を配合するにあたって、従来のポリアリーレンスルフィド共重合体粒子を用いた場合より均質な樹脂組成物が効率よく得られる。特に、繊維状無機充填材との配合においては、ポリアリーレンスルフィド共重合体粒子がより均質に配合される。このような本発明のポリアリーレンスルフィド共重合体粒子を含有する樹脂組成物を成形することにより、機械物性に優れる成形品を得ることができる。
[Resin composition containing polyarylene sulfide copolymer particles]
The polyarylene sulfide copolymer particles can also be blended with other optional components, such as a crystal nucleating agent, various fillers, and additives, and used as a resin composition.When blending the polyarylene sulfide copolymer particles of the present invention with components selected from fillers and other additives, a more homogeneous resin composition can be obtained more efficiently than when using conventional polyarylene sulfide copolymer particles.In particular, when blended with a fibrous inorganic filler, the polyarylene sulfide copolymer particles can be blended more homogeneously.By molding a resin composition containing such polyarylene sulfide copolymer particles of the present invention, a molded product with excellent mechanical properties can be obtained.

 結晶核剤としては、タルク、カオリン、有機リン化合物、ポリエーテルエーテルケトンなどが例示できる。充填材としては、例えば、無機充填材や有機充填材が挙げられる。充填材の種類は限定されるものではないが、樹脂組成物としての充填材による補強効果を考慮すると、ガラス繊維、炭素繊維などの繊維状無機充填材が好ましい。炭素繊維は機械特性向上効果のみならず成形品の軽量化効果も有している。また、充填材が炭素繊維の場合、樹脂組成物の機械特性や耐薬品性が向上する効果が、より大きく発現するので好ましい。添加剤としては、酸化防止剤、離型剤、滑剤、紫外線吸収剤、着色剤、発泡剤などを使用することができる。 Examples of nucleating agents include talc, kaolin, organic phosphorus compounds, and polyether ether ketone. Examples of fillers include inorganic fillers and organic fillers. There are no limitations on the type of filler, but considering the reinforcing effect of the filler in the resin composition, fibrous inorganic fillers such as glass fiber and carbon fiber are preferred. Carbon fiber not only improves mechanical properties but also reduces the weight of molded products. Furthermore, carbon fiber is preferred as the filler, as it has a greater effect in improving the mechanical properties and chemical resistance of the resin composition. Additives that can be used include antioxidants, mold release agents, lubricants, UV absorbers, colorants, and foaming agents.

 [ポリアリーレンスルフィド共重合体粒子の用途]
 高い耐熱性、高い真球度および特定のメディアン径D50を有する本発明のポリアリーレンスルフィド共重合体粒子は、ポリアリーレンスルフィド共重合体と同様に射出成形、射出圧縮成形、ブロー成形、押出成形等に用いることができる。加えて、接着材料分野、塗料分野、ポリマーコンパウンド分野における耐熱性添加剤や、粉末床溶融結合方式による三次元造形物の原料としても用いることができる。三次元造形物は、ポリアリーレンスルフィド共重合体の特性に由来する優れた耐薬品性、高い耐熱性および優れた機械物性を有する。また、高い真球度を有する本発明のポリアリーレンスルフィド共重合体粒子が高い流動性を有することに由来して、ポリアリーレンスルフィド共重合体粒子を成形した三次元造形物は均質かつ十分な造形物密度を有し、表面品位にも優れる。
[Uses of polyarylene sulfide copolymer particles]
The polyarylene sulfide copolymer particles of the present invention, which have high heat resistance, high sphericity, and a specific median diameter D50, can be used in injection molding, injection compression molding, blow molding, extrusion molding, and the like, just like polyarylene sulfide copolymers. In addition, they can be used as heat-resistant additives in the fields of adhesive materials, coatings, and polymer compounds, and as raw materials for three-dimensionally molded objects produced by powder bed fusion. The three-dimensionally molded objects have excellent chemical resistance, high heat resistance, and excellent mechanical properties, which are derived from the properties of the polyarylene sulfide copolymer. Furthermore, due to the high fluidity of the polyarylene sulfide copolymer particles of the present invention, which have high sphericity, three-dimensionally molded objects molded from the polyarylene sulfide copolymer particles have uniform and sufficient molded object density and excellent surface quality.

 強化繊維中にポリアリーレンスルフィド共重合体粒子を分散させる工程、および該ポリアリーレンスルフィド共重合体粒子を溶融して強化繊維に含浸させる工程によって強化繊維複合基材を得ることもできる。ポリアリーレンスルフィド共重合体粒子を強化繊維の隙間に分散させた後、ポリアリーレンスルフィド共重合体粒子を溶融し、加圧することで強化繊維にポリアリーレンスルフィド共重合体を含浸させる方法である。強化繊維は連続繊維でも不連続繊維でもよい。ポリアリーレンスルフィド共重合体粒子を用いることにより、強化繊維の隙間に効率よくより均質にポリアリーレンスルフィド共重合体を分散させることが可能となる。分散の際には、ポリアリーレンスルフィド共重合体粒子を直接強化繊維に分散させることも可能であるし、後述の分散液を用いて分散させることも可能である。本発明の耐熱性が高く、真球度の高いポリアリーレンスルフィド共重合体粒子は、粒子分散性に優れることで均質な機械物性を発現する。係る強化繊維複合基材は、高い耐熱性を有する成形品を作成するのに好適である。 A reinforced fiber composite substrate can also be obtained by dispersing polyarylene sulfide copolymer particles in reinforcing fibers and melting the polyarylene sulfide copolymer particles to impregnate the reinforcing fibers. This method involves dispersing the polyarylene sulfide copolymer particles in the interstices of the reinforcing fibers, melting the polyarylene sulfide copolymer particles, and applying pressure to impregnate the reinforcing fibers with the polyarylene sulfide copolymer. The reinforcing fibers may be continuous or discontinuous. The use of polyarylene sulfide copolymer particles enables the polyarylene sulfide copolymer to be dispersed more efficiently and uniformly in the interstices of the reinforcing fibers. During dispersion, the polyarylene sulfide copolymer particles can be dispersed directly in the reinforcing fibers, or they can be dispersed using a dispersion liquid, as described below. The highly heat-resistant, highly spherical polyarylene sulfide copolymer particles of the present invention exhibit uniform mechanical properties due to their excellent particle dispersibility. Such a reinforced fiber composite substrate is suitable for producing molded articles with high heat resistance.

 また、本発明のポリアリーレンスルフィド共重合体粒子は、ポリアリーレンスルフィド共重合体粒子が媒質となる液体に分散した分散液としても用いることができる。係る分散液は、ポリアリーレンスルフィド共重合体粒子で強化繊維複合基材を製造する際などに好適に用いることができる。分散液を強化繊維に分散させ、媒質を蒸発によって除去した後に、ポリアリーレンスルフィド共重合体粒子を溶融して強化繊維に含浸させることができる。 The polyarylene sulfide copolymer particles of the present invention can also be used as a dispersion in which the polyarylene sulfide copolymer particles are dispersed in a liquid medium. Such a dispersion can be suitably used when producing a reinforced fiber composite substrate using the polyarylene sulfide copolymer particles. After the dispersion is dispersed in reinforcing fibers and the medium is removed by evaporation, the polyarylene sulfide copolymer particles can be melted and impregnated into the reinforcing fibers.

 分散液の媒質として用いられる液体は、水または有機溶剤であることが好ましい。有機溶剤の具体例としては、例えば、メタノール、エタノール、1-プロパノール、2-プロパノール等のアルコール化合物;N-メチル-2-ピロリドン、N-エチル-2-ピロリドン、N-シクロヘキシル-2-ピロリドンなどのN-アルキルピロリドン類;N-メチル-ε-カプロラクタム等のカプロラクタム類;1,3-ジメチル-2-イミダゾリジノン、N,N-ジメチルアセトアミド、N,N-ジメチルホルムアミド、ヘキサメチルリン酸トリアミド等のアプロチック有機溶媒;ベンゼン、トルエン、o-キシレン、m-キシレン、p-キシレンなどの芳香族炭化水素化合物;2-ブタノン、3-ペンタノン、4-メチルー2ーペンタノンなどのケトン化合物;シクロペンタン、ペンタン、イソペンタン、ネオペンタン、メチルシクロペンタン、シクロヘキサン、n-ヘキサン、2-メチルペンタン、3-メチルペンタン、2,2-ジメチルブタン、2,3-ジメチルブタン、メチルシクロヘキサン、ヘプタン、2-メチルヘキサン、3-メチルヘキサン、2,3-ジメチルペンタン、2,4-ジメチルペンタン、エチルシクロヘキサン等の飽和脂肪族炭化水素化合物;およびこれらの混合物が挙げられる。媒質として用いられる液体としては水が最も好ましい。分散液を安定化させる手法としては、一般に分散剤を用いて、エントロピー的、イオン反発力、または立体反発力によって安定化させる手法も用いることができる。 The liquid used as the medium for the dispersion is preferably water or an organic solvent. Specific examples of organic solvents include alcohol compounds such as methanol, ethanol, 1-propanol, and 2-propanol; N-alkylpyrrolidones such as N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, N-ethyl-2-pyrrolidone, and N-cyclohexyl-2-pyrrolidone; caprolactams such as N-methyl-ε-caprolactam; aprotic organic solvents such as 1,3-dimethyl-2-imidazolidinone, N,N-dimethylacetamide, N,N-dimethylformamide, and hexamethylphosphoric triamide; and organic solvents such as benzene, toluene, o-xylene, m-xylene, and p-xylene. Examples of suitable dispersion media include aromatic hydrocarbons; ketones such as 2-butanone, 3-pentanone, and 4-methyl-2-pentanone; saturated aliphatic hydrocarbons such as cyclopentane, pentane, isopentane, neopentane, methylcyclopentane, cyclohexane, n-hexane, 2-methylpentane, 3-methylpentane, 2,2-dimethylbutane, 2,3-dimethylbutane, methylcyclohexane, heptane, 2-methylhexane, 3-methylhexane, 2,3-dimethylpentane, 2,4-dimethylpentane, and ethylcyclohexane; and mixtures thereof. Water is the most preferred liquid medium. Dispersions can be stabilized using dispersants, typically through entropic, ionic, or steric repulsion.

 本発明のポリアリーレンスルフィド共重合体粒子を成形した三次元造形物、本発明のポリアリーレンスルフィド共重合体粒子を含有する樹脂組成物を成形した成形品、および本発明の強化繊維複合基材を成形した成形品は、耐熱性、耐薬品性、難燃性、電気的性質および機械的性質に優れ、その用途として電気・電子部品、音声機器部品、家庭、事務電気製品部品、機械関連部品、光学機器、精密機械関連部品、水廻り部品、自動車・車両関連部品、航空機構造部材、航空機内装材をはじめとする航空・宇宙関連部品その他の各種用途が例示できる。 Three-dimensional objects molded from the polyarylene sulfide copolymer particles of the present invention, molded articles molded from resin compositions containing the polyarylene sulfide copolymer particles of the present invention, and molded articles molded from the reinforced fiber composite substrate of the present invention have excellent heat resistance, chemical resistance, flame retardancy, electrical properties, and mechanical properties, and examples of their applications include electrical and electronic parts, audio equipment parts, household and office electrical appliance parts, machine-related parts, optical equipment, precision machinery-related parts, plumbing parts, automobile and vehicle-related parts, aircraft structural members, aircraft interior materials, and other aerospace-related parts, as well as a variety of other applications.

 以下、本発明の方法を実施例および比較例によりさらに具体的に説明するが、本発明はこれら実施例のみに限定されるものではない。 The method of the present invention will be explained in more detail below using examples and comparative examples, but the present invention is not limited to these examples.

 [官能基含有量の分析]
 ポリアリーレンスルフィド(A)が有するアミノ基量は、ポリアリーレンスルフィドを320℃での加熱による溶融状態から急冷して作製した非晶フィルムをFT-IR(日本分光(株)製IR-810型赤外分光光度計)を用いて測定し、アリーレンスルフィド単位のベンゼン環由来の1901cm-1における吸収強度に対する、アミノ基由来の3382cm-1における吸収強度に基づいて算出した。
[Analysis of Functional Group Content]
The amount of amino groups in the polyarylene sulfide (A) was calculated based on the absorption intensity at 3382 cm −1 derived from the amino groups relative to the absorption intensity at 1901 cm −1 derived from the benzene rings of the arylene sulfide units, by measuring an amorphous film prepared by rapidly cooling the polyarylene sulfide from a molten state obtained by heating at 320° C using FT-IR (IR-810 infrared spectrophotometer manufactured by JASCO Corporation).

 [分子量測定]
 重量平均分子量Mwおよび数平均分子量Mnは、サイズ排除クロマトグラフィー(SEC)の一種であるゲルパーミエーションクロマトグラフィー(GPC)を用いて測定し、ポリスチレン換算で算出した。GPCの測定条件を以下に示す。
装置:センシュー科学 SSC-7110
カラム名:Shodex UT806M×2
溶離液:1-クロロナフタレン
検出器:示差屈折率検出器
カラム温度:210℃
プレ恒温槽温度:250℃
ポンプ恒温槽温度:50℃
検出器温度:210℃
流量:1.0mL/min
試料注入量:300μL。
[Molecular weight measurement]
The weight average molecular weight Mw and the number average molecular weight Mn were measured using gel permeation chromatography (GPC), a type of size exclusion chromatography (SEC), and calculated in terms of polystyrene. The GPC measurement conditions are shown below.
Equipment: Senshu Scientific SSC-7110
Column name: Shodex UT806M x 2
Eluent: 1-chloronaphthalene Detector: differential refractive index detector Column temperature: 210°C
Pre-thermostat temperature: 250°C
Pump thermostatic bath temperature: 50°C
Detector temperature: 210°C
Flow rate: 1.0mL/min
Sample injection volume: 300 μL.

 [溶融複素粘度の測定]
 ポリアリーレンスルフィド共重合体の加熱処理前の溶融複素粘度の測定、加熱処理後の溶融複素粘度の測定、損失正接を算出するための損失弾性率と貯蔵弾性率の測定は、レオメーターを用いて下記条件で行った。
装置:アントンパール製 Physica MCR501
プレート:パラレル(φ25mm)
ギャップ:1.0mm
角周波数(ω):6.28rad/秒
試料仕込み重量:約0.7g
雰囲気:常圧の窒素気流下
測定温度:300℃。
[Measurement of Melt Complex Viscosity]
The melt complex viscosity of the polyarylene sulfide copolymer before and after heat treatment was measured, and the loss modulus and storage modulus for calculating the loss tangent were measured using a rheometer under the following conditions.
Device: Anton Paar Physica MCR501
Plate: Parallel (φ25mm)
Gap: 1.0 mm
Angular frequency (ω): 6.28 rad/sec. Sample weight: approximately 0.7 g
Atmosphere: nitrogen gas flow at normal pressure Measurement temperature: 300°C

 [ガラス転移点、融点および結晶化温度の測定]
 ガラス転移点(Tg)、融点(Tm)および結晶化温度(Tmc)は、ポリアリーレンスルフィド共重合体粒子またはポリアリーレンスルフィド共重合体ペレットを溶融状態から急冷して作成した非晶フィルム約10mgを用い、示差走査熱量計(DSC)により測定した。20℃/分の速度で0℃から340℃まで昇温した際に検出されるベースラインシフトの変曲点をガラス転移点とした。結晶化温度は、20℃/分の速度で0℃から340℃まで昇温した後、340℃で1分間保持し、20℃/分の速度で100℃まで降温した際に検出される結晶化ピーク温度の値とした。融点は、20℃/分の速度で0℃から340℃まで昇温した後、340℃で1分間保持し、20℃/分の速度で100℃まで降温した後、100℃で1分間保持し、再度20℃/分の速度で340℃まで昇温した際に検出される融解ピーク温度の値とした。
装置:TAインスツルメントTA-Q200
キャリアーガス:窒素
サンプルパージ流量:50mL/分。
[Measurement of glass transition temperature, melting point and crystallization temperature]
The glass transition point (Tg), melting point (Tm), and crystallization temperature (Tmc) were measured by differential scanning calorimetry (DSC) using approximately 10 mg of an amorphous film prepared by quenching polyarylene sulfide copolymer particles or polyarylene sulfide copolymer pellets from a molten state. The inflection point of the baseline shift detected when the temperature was increased from 0°C to 340°C at a rate of 20°C/min was taken as the glass transition point. The crystallization temperature was determined as the crystallization peak temperature detected when the temperature was increased from 0°C to 340°C at a rate of 20°C/min, held at 340°C for 1 minute, and then cooled to 100°C at a rate of 20°C/min. The melting point was determined as the melting peak temperature detected when the sample was heated from 0°C to 340°C at a rate of 20°C/min, held at 340°C for 1 minute, cooled to 100°C at a rate of 20°C/min, held at 100°C for 1 minute, and then heated again to 340°C at a rate of 20°C/min.
Device: TA Instruments TA-Q200
Carrier gas: nitrogen Sample purge flow rate: 50 mL/min.

 [水分散液における粒子径および粒度分布]
 あらかじめ100mg程度のポリアリーレンスルフィド共重合体粒子またはポリアリーレンスルフィド粒子を5mL程度の脱イオン水に加えた上で分散可能となるまでトリトンX-100を滴下して分散液を調製した。日機装株式会社製レーザー回折式粒径分布計測定装置(マイクロトラックMT3300EX II)に、分散液を測定可能濃度になるまで添加し、測定装置内で30Wにて60秒間の超音波分散を行った後、測定時間10秒で粒度分布を測定した。
[Particle size and particle size distribution in aqueous dispersion]
A dispersion was prepared by adding approximately 100 mg of polyarylene sulfide copolymer particles or polyarylene sulfide particles to approximately 5 mL of deionized water, and then adding Triton X-100 dropwise until the particles were dispersible. The dispersion was added to a laser diffraction particle size distribution analyzer (Microtrac MT3300EX II) manufactured by Nikkiso Co., Ltd. until it reached a measurable concentration, and ultrasonic dispersion was performed in the analyzer at 30 W for 60 seconds, after which the particle size distribution was measured over a measurement time of 10 seconds.

 [真球度]
 ポリアリーレンスルフィド共重合体粒子またはポリアリーレンスルフィド粒子の真球度は、キーエンス社製デジタルマイクロスコープ(VHX-7000)で撮影した写真から無作為に30個の粒子を観察し、その長径と短径から下記数式に従い算出した。長径とは、粒子の像を2本の平行線で挟んだときの平行線の間隔が最大となる径であり、短径とは、長軸径と直交する方向で2本の平行線で挟んだときの平行線の間隔が最小となる径である。
[Sphericity]
The sphericity of the polyarylene sulfide copolymer particles or polyarylene sulfide particles was calculated from the major and minor axes of 30 randomly selected particles observed in a photograph taken with a Keyence digital microscope (VHX-7000) according to the following formula: The major axis is the diameter at which the distance between two parallel lines is greatest when an image of the particle is sandwiched between two parallel lines, and the minor axis is the diameter at which the distance between two parallel lines is smallest when an image of the particle is sandwiched between two parallel lines in a direction perpendicular to the major axis.

 なお、数式において、Sは真球度、nは測定数、aはi番目の粒子の長径、bはi番目の粒子の短径である。測定数nは30とする。 In the formula, S is the sphericity, n is the number of measurements, a i is the major axis of the i-th particle, and b i is the minor axis of the i-th particle. The number of measurements, n, is set to 30.

 [参考例1]
 撹拌機および底栓弁付きのオートクレーブに、48.4%水硫化ナトリウム9.5kg(81.9モル)、97%水酸化ナトリウム3.84kg(93.1モル)、N-メチル-2-ピロリドン(NMP)13.4kg(135モル)およびイオン交換水9.82kgを仕込み、常圧で窒素を通じながら225℃まで約3時間かけて徐々に加熱した。225℃に到達した時点で加熱を終え冷却を開始した。
[Reference example 1]
An autoclave equipped with a stirrer and a bottom plug valve was charged with 9.5 kg (81.9 mol) of 48.4% sodium hydrosulfide, 3.84 kg (93.1 mol) of 97% sodium hydroxide, 13.4 kg (135 mol) of N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone (NMP), and 9.82 kg of ion-exchanged water, and gradually heated to 225°C over approximately 3 hours at atmospheric pressure while passing nitrogen through. When the temperature reached 225°C, heating was stopped and cooling was initiated.

 その後、反応容器を200℃まで冷却し、p-ジクロロベンゼン(p-DCB)12.6kg(85.9モル)、4-アミノチオフェノール(4-ATP)1.07kg(8.23モル)、およびNMP19.8kg(200モル)を加えた後に反応容器を窒素ガス下に密封し、撹拌しながら0.6℃/分の速度で260℃まで昇温し、260℃で120分反応した。 The reaction vessel was then cooled to 200°C, and 12.6 kg (85.9 mol) of p-dichlorobenzene (p-DCB), 1.07 kg (8.23 mol) of 4-aminothiophenol (4-ATP), and 19.8 kg (200 mol) of NMP were added. The reaction vessel was then sealed under nitrogen gas and heated to 260°C at a rate of 0.6°C/min with stirring, and the reaction was carried out at 260°C for 120 minutes.

 反応終了後、直ちにオートクレーブ底栓弁を開放し、内容物を撹拌機付き装置にフラッシュさせ、230℃の撹拌機付き装置内で1.5時間乾固し、PPSと塩類を含む固形物を回収した。 After the reaction was completed, the autoclave's bottom plug valve was immediately opened, and the contents were flushed into a stirrer-equipped device. The contents were then dried and solidified for 1.5 hours at 230°C in the stirrer-equipped device, and a solid material containing PPS and salts was recovered.

 得られた固形物およびイオン交換水を撹拌機付きオートクレーブに入れ、75℃で15分洗浄工程を行った後、フィルターでろ過した。この作業を3回行い、ケークを得た。得られたケークおよびイオン交換水30リットルを撹拌機付きオートクレーブに入れ、オートクレーブ内部を窒素で置換した後、195℃まで昇温した。その後、オートクレーブを冷却し、内容物をフィルターでろ過しケークを得た。得られたケークを窒素気流下、120℃で乾燥した。 The resulting solid and ion-exchanged water were placed in an autoclave equipped with a stirrer, and a washing process was carried out at 75°C for 15 minutes, after which the solid was filtered through a filter. This process was repeated three times to obtain a cake. The resulting cake and 30 liters of ion-exchanged water were placed in an autoclave equipped with a stirrer, and the atmosphere inside the autoclave was replaced with nitrogen, after which the temperature was raised to 195°C. The autoclave was then cooled, and the contents were filtered through a filter to obtain a cake. The resulting cake was dried at 120°C under a nitrogen stream.

 乾燥されたケーク3kgおよびN-メチル-2-ピロリドン(NMP)30kgを撹拌機付きの容器に投入し、30分間撹拌を行った後、フィルターでろ過しケークを得た。得られたケークをイオン交換水30リットルで15分洗浄、ろ過する操作を3回行った後、窒素気流下、120℃で4時間乾燥することで乾燥PPSを得た。得られたPPSのアミノ基量は510μmol/g、数平均分子量は3,200であった。 3 kg of the dried cake and 30 kg of N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone (NMP) were placed in a container equipped with a stirrer and stirred for 30 minutes, then filtered to obtain a cake. The resulting cake was washed with 30 liters of ion-exchanged water for 15 minutes and filtered three times, and then dried at 120°C for 4 hours under a nitrogen stream to obtain dried PPS. The amino group content of the resulting PPS was 510 μmol/g and the number average molecular weight was 3,200.

 [参考例2]
 参考例1で得られたPPSとピロメリット酸無水物を、ピロメリット酸無水物が有する酸無水物基量/PPSが有するアミノ基量のモル比が1.200となるようにドライブレンドを行い、真空ベントを具備した日本製鋼所製TEX30α型二軸押出機(L/D~45、ニーディング部3カ所)を用い、シリンダー温度300℃、スクリュー回転数200rpmにて溶融混練することにより反応させ、PPS共重合体を得た。
[Reference example 2]
The PPS obtained in Reference Example 1 and pyromellitic anhydride were dry-blended so that the molar ratio of the amount of acid anhydride groups in pyromellitic anhydride to the amount of amino groups in PPS was 1.200, and the mixture was melt-kneaded using a TEX30α type twin-screw extruder (L/D: 45, kneading zones: 3) manufactured by The Japan Steel Works, Ltd., equipped with a vacuum vent, at a cylinder temperature of 300°C and a screw rotation speed of 200 rpm to cause reaction, thereby obtaining a PPS copolymer.

 FT-IRスペクトルより、得られたPPS共重合体はフェニレンスルフィド単位を構造単位として含有しており、イミド基が導入されていることを確認した。DSC測定の結果、PPS共重合体のガラス転移点は114℃、結晶化温度は171℃、融点は263℃であった。GPC測定の結果、Mwは46,700であった。溶融複素粘度測定の結果は240Pa・sであった。PPS共重合体はペレット状であった。結果を表1にまとめた。 The FT-IR spectrum confirmed that the resulting PPS copolymer contained phenylene sulfide units as structural units and that imide groups had been introduced. DSC measurements revealed that the PPS copolymer had a glass transition temperature of 114°C, a crystallization temperature of 171°C, and a melting point of 263°C. GPC measurements revealed that the Mw was 46,700. The melt complex viscosity was 240 Pa·s. The PPS copolymer was in pellet form. The results are summarized in Table 1.

 [参考例3]
 ピロメリット酸無水物が有する酸無水物量/PPSが有するアミノ基量のモル比が1.213となるようにドライブレンドした以外は参考例2と同様にしてPPS共重合体を得た。
[Reference example 3]
A PPS copolymer was obtained in the same manner as in Reference Example 2, except that the pyromellitic anhydride and PPS were dry-blended so that the molar ratio of the amount of acid anhydride contained in the pyromellitic anhydride to the amount of amino groups contained in the PPS was 1.213.

 FT-IRスペクトルより、得られたPPS共重合体はフェニレンスルフィド単位を構造単位として含有しており、イミド基が導入されていることを確認した。DSC測定の結果、PPS共重合体のガラス転移点は114℃、結晶化温度は205℃、融点は262℃であった。GPC測定の結果、Mwは48,600であった。溶融複素粘度測定の結果は176Pa・sであった。PPS共重合体はペレット状であった。結果を表1にまとめた。 The FT-IR spectrum confirmed that the resulting PPS copolymer contained phenylene sulfide units as structural units and that imide groups had been introduced. DSC measurements revealed that the PPS copolymer had a glass transition temperature of 114°C, a crystallization temperature of 205°C, and a melting point of 262°C. GPC measurements revealed that the Mw was 48,600. The melt complex viscosity was 176 Pa·s. The PPS copolymer was in pellet form. The results are summarized in Table 1.

 [実施例1]
 循環機構を備えた小型溶融混練機Haake MiniLabIIに参考例2で得られたPPS共重合体4.0g、およびPEG20000(東京化成製)(溶融複素粘度:0.80Pa・s) 6.0gを投入し、シリンダー温度300℃、スクリュー回転数200rpmにて3分間溶融混練を行った後、イオン交換水を張ったバットに吐出した。この時、PPS共重合体の溶融粘度(ηa)とPEG20000の溶融粘度(ηb)との溶融複素粘度比(ηa/ηb)は301であった。ろ材としてろ紙を用いた吸引ろ過を行い、得られたケークを、イオン交換水でリスラリーして、ろ紙を用いて吸引ろ過する洗浄工程を3回繰り返し、ポリアリーレンスルフィド共重合体粒子を得た。ポリアリーレンスルフィド共重合体粒子のガラス転移点は110℃、融点は259℃であった。Mwは53,000であり、参考例2のPPS共重合体のMwに対するPPS共重合体粒子のMw保持率は113%であった。ポリアリーレンスルフィド共重合体粒子のD50は80.6μm、D90/D10は1.7であった。真球度は93であった。結果を表1にまとめた。
[Example 1]
4.0 g of the PPS copolymer obtained in Reference Example 2 and 6.0 g of PEG20000 (manufactured by Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) (melt complex viscosity: 0.80 Pa s) were added to a small melt kneader equipped with a circulation mechanism, Haake MiniLab II, and melt-kneaded for 3 minutes at a cylinder temperature of 300 ° C and a screw rotation speed of 200 rpm, and then discharged into a tray filled with ion-exchanged water. At this time, the melt complex viscosity ratio (ηa/ηb) of the melt viscosity of the PPS copolymer (ηa) to the melt viscosity of the PEG20000 (ηb) was 301. Suction filtration was performed using filter paper as a filter medium, and the resulting cake was reslurried with ion-exchanged water and suction-filtered using filter paper. This washing process was repeated three times to obtain polyarylene sulfide copolymer particles. The glass transition temperature of the polyarylene sulfide copolymer particles was 110 ° C, and the melting point was 259 ° C. The Mw was 53,000, and the Mw retention of the PPS copolymer particles relative to the Mw of the PPS copolymer of Reference Example 2 was 113%. The polyarylene sulfide copolymer particles had a D50 of 80.6 μm and a D90/D10 of 1.7. The sphericity was 93. The results are summarized in Table 1.

 [実施例2]
 PEG20000の代わりにPEG500000(富士フイルム和光純薬製)(溶融複素粘度:7.9Pa・s)を用いた以外は実施例1と同様にしてPPS共重合体粒子を得た。この時、PPS共重合体の溶融粘度(ηa)とPEG500000の溶融粘度(ηb)との溶融複素粘度比(ηa/ηb)は30であった。ポリアリーレンスルフィド共重合体粒子のガラス転移点は110℃、融点は261℃であった。Mwは51,800であり、参考例2のPPS共重合体のMwに対するPPS共重合体粒子のMw保持率は111%であった。ポリアリーレンスルフィド共重合体粒子のD50は5.9μm、D90/D10は2.1であった。真球度は93であった。結果を表1にまとめた。
[Example 2]
PPS copolymer particles were obtained in the same manner as in Example 1, except that PEG500000 (manufactured by Fujifilm Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd.) (melt complex viscosity: 7.9 Pa s) was used instead of PEG20000. The melt complex viscosity ratio (ηa/ηb) of the melt viscosity (ηa) of the PPS copolymer to the melt viscosity (ηb) of PEG500000 was 30. The polyarylene sulfide copolymer particles had a glass transition temperature of 110°C and a melting point of 261°C. The Mw was 51,800, and the Mw retention of the PPS copolymer particles relative to the Mw of the PPS copolymer of Reference Example 2 was 111%. The polyarylene sulfide copolymer particles had a D50 of 5.9 μm and a D90/D10 of 2.1. The sphericity was 93. The results are summarized in Table 1.

 [実施例3]
 参考例2のPPS共重合体の代わりに参考例3のPPS共重合体を用いた以外は実施例2と同様にしてPPS共重合体粒子を得た。この時、PPS共重合体の溶融粘度(ηa)とPEG500000の溶融粘度(ηb)との溶融複素粘度比(ηa/ηb)は22であった。ポリアリーレンスルフィド共重合体粒子のガラス転移点は110℃、融点は261℃であった。Mwは46,200であり、参考例3のPPS共重合体のMwに対するPPS共重合体粒子のMw保持率は95%であった。ポリアリーレンスルフィド共重合体粒子のD50は4.4μm、D90/D10は2.0であった。真球度は89であった。結果を表1にまとめた。
[Example 3]
PPS copolymer particles were obtained in the same manner as in Example 2, except that the PPS copolymer of Reference Example 3 was used instead of the PPS copolymer of Reference Example 2. At this time, the melt complex viscosity ratio (ηa/ηb) of the melt viscosity (ηa) of the PPS copolymer to the melt viscosity (ηb) of PEG 500000 was 22. The polyarylene sulfide copolymer particles had a glass transition point of 110°C and a melting point of 261°C. The Mw was 46,200, and the Mw retention of the PPS copolymer particles relative to the Mw of the PPS copolymer of Reference Example 3 was 95%. The polyarylene sulfide copolymer particles had a D50 of 4.4 μm and a D90/D10 of 2.0. The sphericity was 89. The results are summarized in Table 1.

 [比較例1]
 参考例2で得られたPPS共重合体1.5gを液体窒素中で23分間凍結粉砕した。ポリアリーレンスルフィド共重合体粒子のD50は198μm、D90/D10は12.7であった。真球度は64%であった。結果を表2にまとめた。
[Comparative Example 1]
1.5 g of the PPS copolymer obtained in Reference Example 2 was freeze-pulverized in liquid nitrogen for 23 minutes. The polyarylene sulfide copolymer particles had a D50 of 198 μm and a D90/D10 ratio of 12.7. The sphericity was 64%. The results are summarized in Table 2.

 [比較例2]
 20mLの耐圧容器内に、参考例2で得られたPPS共重合体0.3g、および1000ppmの水を加えたNMP4.5gを入れ、容器内を窒素置換した後に密閉した。240rpmで撹拌しながら250℃で20分間加熱後、容器を放冷した。撹拌を維持したまま約30分かけて室温付近まで冷却後に、耐圧容器から混合液を取り出し、水20mLを添加し撹拌後、濾過した。水中での撹拌と濾過を繰り返し、溶媒を除去した後、100℃で真空乾燥しポリアリーレンスルフィド共重合体粒子を得た。ポリアリーレンスルフィド共重合体粒子のガラス転移点は110℃、結晶化温度は214℃、融点は261℃であった。Mwは25,300であり、参考例2のPPS共重合体のMwに対するPPS共重合体粒子のMw保持率は37%であった。メタノール分散液中でのポリアリーレンスルフィド共重合体粒子のD50は15.9μm、D90/D10は5.5であった。真球度は76%であった。結果を表2にまとめた。
[Comparative Example 2]
A 20 mL pressure vessel was charged with 0.3 g of the PPS copolymer obtained in Reference Example 2 and 4.5 g of NMP containing 1000 ppm water. The vessel was then purged with nitrogen and sealed. After heating at 250°C for 20 minutes while stirring at 240 rpm, the vessel was allowed to cool. After cooling to approximately room temperature over approximately 30 minutes while maintaining stirring, the mixture was removed from the pressure vessel, 20 mL of water was added, and the mixture was stirred and filtered. After repeated stirring and filtration in water to remove the solvent, the mixture was vacuum dried at 100°C to obtain polyarylene sulfide copolymer particles. The polyarylene sulfide copolymer particles had a glass transition temperature of 110°C, a crystallization temperature of 214°C, and a melting point of 261°C. The Mw was 25,300, and the Mw retention of the PPS copolymer particles relative to the Mw of the PPS copolymer of Reference Example 2 was 37%. The polyarylene sulfide copolymer particles in the methanol dispersion had a D50 of 15.9 μm, a D90/D10 ratio of 5.5, and a sphericity of 76%. The results are summarized in Table 2.

 [参考例4]
 撹拌機付きの70リットルオートクレーブに、47.5%水硫化ナトリウム8.27kg(70.00モル)、96%水酸化ナトリウム2.96kg(70.97モル)、N-メチル-2-ピロリドン(NMP)11.43kg(115.50モル)、酢酸ナトリウム2.58kg(31.50モル)、およびイオン交換水10.5kgを仕込み、常圧で窒素を通じながら245℃まで約3時間かけて徐々に加熱した。水14.78kgおよびNMP0.28kgを留出した後、反応容器を160℃に冷却した。
[Reference example 4]
A 70-liter autoclave equipped with a stirrer was charged with 8.27 kg (70.00 mol) of 47.5% sodium hydrosulfide, 2.96 kg (70.97 mol) of 96% sodium hydroxide, 11.43 kg (115.50 mol) of N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone (NMP), 2.58 kg (31.50 mol) of sodium acetate, and 10.5 kg of ion-exchanged water, and gradually heated to 245°C over approximately 3 hours at atmospheric pressure while passing nitrogen through. After distilling off 14.78 kg of water and 0.28 kg of NMP, the reaction vessel was cooled to 160°C.

 次にp-ジクロロベンゼン10.24kg(69.63モル)、およびNMP9.01kg(91.00モル)を加え、反応容器を窒素ガス下に密封し、撹拌しながら、0.6℃/分の速度で238℃まで昇温した。238℃で95分反応を行った後、0.8℃/分の速度で270℃まで昇温した。270℃で100分反応を行った後、1.26kg(70モル)の水を15分かけて圧入しながら250℃まで1.3℃/分の速度で冷却した。その後200℃まで1.0℃/分の速度で冷却してから、室温近傍まで急冷した。 Next, 10.24 kg (69.63 mol) of p-dichlorobenzene and 9.01 kg (91.00 mol) of NMP were added, and the reaction vessel was sealed under nitrogen gas. The temperature was raised to 238°C at a rate of 0.6°C/min while stirring. After 95 minutes of reaction at 238°C, the temperature was raised to 270°C at a rate of 0.8°C/min. After 100 minutes of reaction at 270°C, the mixture was cooled to 250°C at a rate of 1.3°C/min while 1.26 kg (70 mol) of water was injected over 15 minutes. The mixture was then cooled to 200°C at a rate of 1.0°C/min, and then rapidly cooled to near room temperature.

 反応容器から内容物を取り出し、26.30kgのNMPで希釈後、溶剤と固形物をふるい(80mesh)で濾別し、得られた粒子を31.90kgのNMPで洗浄した後、濾別した。これを、56.00kgのイオン交換水で数回洗浄、濾別した後、0.05重量%酢酸水溶液70.00kgで洗浄、濾別した。さらに70.00kgのイオン交換水で洗浄、濾別した後、得られた含水PPS粒子を80℃で熱風乾燥し、120℃で減圧乾燥した。PPS粒子のガラス転移点は94℃、結晶化温度は219℃、融点は278℃であった。Mwは75,100であった。結果を表2にまとめた。 The contents were removed from the reaction vessel and diluted with 26.30 kg of NMP. The solvent and solids were filtered through an 80-mesh sieve, and the resulting particles were washed with 31.90 kg of NMP and then filtered. These were washed several times with 56.00 kg of ion-exchanged water and filtered, and then washed with 70.00 kg of a 0.05 wt. % aqueous acetic acid solution and filtered. After further washing with 70.00 kg of ion-exchanged water and filtering, the resulting hydrated PPS particles were dried with hot air at 80°C and then dried under reduced pressure at 120°C. The PPS particles had a glass transition temperature of 94°C, a crystallization temperature of 219°C, and a melting point of 278°C. The Mw was 75,100. The results are summarized in Table 2.

 [比較例3]
 参考例2で得られたPPS共重合体のかわりに参考例4で得られたPPSを用いた以外は比較例2と同様の条件でPPS粒子を得た。PPS粒子のガラス転移点は94℃、結晶化温度は220℃、融点は278℃であった。Mwは73,300であり、参考例3のPPSのMwに対するPPS粒子のMw保持率は98%であった。PPS粒子のD50は57.4μm、D90/D10は2.6であった。真球度は73%であった。結果を表2にまとめた。結果を表2にまとめた。
[Comparative Example 3]
PPS particles were obtained under the same conditions as in Comparative Example 2, except that the PPS obtained in Reference Example 4 was used instead of the PPS copolymer obtained in Reference Example 2. The PPS particles had a glass transition temperature of 94°C, a crystallization temperature of 220°C, and a melting point of 278°C. The Mw was 73,300, and the Mw retention of the PPS particles relative to the Mw of the PPS in Reference Example 3 was 98%. The PPS particles had a D50 of 57.4 μm and a D90/D10 of 2.6. The sphericity was 73%. The results are summarized in Table 2.

 [参考例5]
 PEG20000のかわりにポリビニルピロリドン(K-30)(富士フィルム和光純薬製)を用いた以外は実施例1と同様に溶融混練を行ったが、得られた混合物はイオン交換水に溶解せず、粒子は得られなかった。この時、溶融複素粘度比(ηa/ηb)は0.06であった。結果を表2にまとめた。
[Reference example 5]
Melt kneading was carried out in the same manner as in Example 1, except that polyvinylpyrrolidone (K-30) (manufactured by Fujifilm Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd.) was used instead of PEG20000. However, the resulting mixture did not dissolve in ion-exchanged water, and no particles were obtained. At this time, the melt complex viscosity ratio (ηa/ηb) was 0.06. The results are summarized in Table 2.

 [参考例6]
 PEG20000のかわりにポリビニルアルコール Mowiflex C-17(株式会社クラレ製)を用いた以外は実施例1と同様に溶融混練を行ったが、分解ガスが多量に発生したため中断し、粒子は得られなかった。この時、溶融複素粘度比(ηa/ηb)は0.006であった。結果を表2にまとめた。
[Reference example 6]
Melt kneading was carried out in the same manner as in Example 1, except that polyvinyl alcohol Mowiflex C-17 (manufactured by Kuraray Co., Ltd.) was used instead of PEG20000. However, the process was interrupted due to the generation of a large amount of decomposition gas, and no particles were obtained. At this time, the melt complex viscosity ratio (ηa/ηb) was 0.006. The results are summarized in Table 2.

 [比較例4]
 参考例2で得られたPPS共重合体のかわりに参考例4で得られたPPSを用いた以外は実施例1と同様の条件でPPS粒子を得た。この時、PPSの溶融粘度(ηa)とPEG20000の溶融粘度(ηb)との溶融複素粘度比(ηa/ηb)は297であった。PPS粒子のガラス転移点は94℃、結晶化温度は220℃、融点は278℃であった。Mwは66,000であり、参考例4のPPSのMwに対するPPS粒子のMw保持率は88%であった。PPS粒子のD50は303μm、D90/D10は6.4であった。真球度は86%であった。結果を表2にまとめた。
[Comparative Example 4]
PPS particles were obtained under the same conditions as in Example 1, except that the PPS obtained in Reference Example 4 was used instead of the PPS copolymer obtained in Reference Example 2. The melt complex viscosity ratio (ηa/ηb) of the melt viscosity of PPS (ηa) to the melt viscosity of PEG 20000 (ηb) was 297. The PPS particles had a glass transition temperature of 94°C, a crystallization temperature of 220°C, and a melting point of 278°C. The Mw was 66,000, and the Mw retention of the PPS particles relative to the Mw of the PPS of Reference Example 4 was 88%. The PPS particles had a D50 of 303 μm and a D90/D10 of 6.4. The sphericity was 86%. The results are summarized in Table 2.

 実施例1~3からは本発明の方法によれば、高い耐熱性を有し、真球度が高いポリアリーレンスルフィド共重合体粒子を得られることがわかった。 Examples 1 to 3 demonstrate that the method of the present invention can produce polyarylene sulfide copolymer particles with high heat resistance and high sphericity.

 比較例1に示すように、ペレット状のPPS共重合体を凍結粉砕した場合には、実施例1~3で得られるPPS共重合体粒子に対し、真球度が小さかった。また、D50粒子径とD90/D10ともに大きかった。 As shown in Comparative Example 1, when pellet-shaped PPS copolymer was freeze-pulverized, the sphericity was lower than that of the PPS copolymer particles obtained in Examples 1 to 3. Furthermore, both the D50 particle size and D90/D10 were larger.

 比較例2、3からはPPS共重合体またはPPSを溶媒に溶解・析出することによって得られる粒子は真球度が低く、またPPSの場合はTgも低く耐熱性に劣ることがわかった。 Comparative Examples 2 and 3 showed that the particles obtained by dissolving and precipitating PPS copolymer or PPS in a solvent had low sphericity, and in the case of PPS, the Tg was low and the heat resistance was poor.

Claims (12)

メディアン径D50が1μm以上1,000μm以下であり、示差走査熱量計を用いた測定を行った際にガラス転移点を95℃以上190℃以下に有し、真球度が80以上100以下であるポリアリーレンスルフィド共重合体粒子。 Polyarylene sulfide copolymer particles having a median diameter D50 of 1 μm or more and 1,000 μm or less, a glass transition point of 95°C or more and 190°C or less when measured using a differential scanning calorimeter, and a sphericity of 80 or more and 100 or less. メディアン径D50が1μm以上150μm以下である請求項1に記載のポリアリーレンスルフィド共重合体粒子。 Polyarylene sulfide copolymer particles according to claim 1, having a median diameter D50 of 1 μm or more and 150 μm or less. 重量平均分子量Mwが30,000以上である請求項1に記載のポリアリーレンスルフィド共重合体粒子。 Polyarylene sulfide copolymer particles according to claim 1, having a weight average molecular weight Mw of 30,000 or more. ポリアリーレンスルフィド共重合体粒子を構成するポリアリーレンスルフィド共重合体がスルホニル基、スルフィニル基、エステル基、アミド基、イミド基、エーテル基、ウレア基、ウレタン基、およびシロキサン基から選ばれる少なくとも一つの結合基を含有する請求項1に記載のポリアリーレンスルフィド共重合体粒子。 The polyarylene sulfide copolymer particles according to claim 1, wherein the polyarylene sulfide copolymer constituting the polyarylene sulfide copolymer particles contains at least one bonding group selected from a sulfonyl group, a sulfinyl group, an ester group, an amide group, an imide group, an ether group, a urea group, a urethane group, and a siloxane group. 示差走査熱量計を用いた測定を行った際のガラス転移点を95℃以上190℃以下に有するポリアリーレンスルフィド共重合体と水溶性熱可塑性樹脂を溶融混練する工程1、および水溶性熱可塑性樹脂を水またはアルコール類による洗浄で除去する工程2を含むポリアリーレンスルフィド共重合体粒子の製造方法。 A method for producing polyarylene sulfide copolymer particles, comprising step 1 of melt-kneading a polyarylene sulfide copolymer having a glass transition temperature of 95°C or higher and 190°C or lower as measured using a differential scanning calorimeter with a water-soluble thermoplastic resin, and step 2 of removing the water-soluble thermoplastic resin by washing with water or an alcohol. ポリアリーレンスルフィド共重合体の溶融粘度(ηa)と水溶性熱可塑性樹脂の溶融粘度(ηb)との粘度比ηa/ηbが0.1以上1000以下である請求項5に記載のポリアリーレンスルフィド共重合体粒子の製造方法。 The method for producing polyarylene sulfide copolymer particles according to claim 5, wherein the viscosity ratio ηa/ηb between the melt viscosity (ηa) of the polyarylene sulfide copolymer and the melt viscosity (ηb) of the water-soluble thermoplastic resin is 0.1 or more and 1000 or less. 請求項1に記載のポリアリーレンスルフィド共重合体粒子が液体に分散した分散液。 A dispersion in which the polyarylene sulfide copolymer particles described in claim 1 are dispersed in a liquid. 請求項1に記載のポリアリーレンスルフィド共重合体粒子を成形した三次元造形物。 A three-dimensional object molded from the polyarylene sulfide copolymer particles described in claim 1. 請求項1に記載のポリアリーレンスルフィド共重合体粒子を強化繊維中に分散させる工程、および該ポリアリーレンスルフィド共重合体粒子を溶融して強化繊維に含浸させる工程を含む、強化繊維複合基材の製造方法。 A method for producing a reinforced fiber composite substrate, comprising the steps of dispersing the polyarylene sulfide copolymer particles according to claim 1 in reinforcing fibers, and melting the polyarylene sulfide copolymer particles to impregnate the reinforcing fibers. 請求項9に記載の強化繊維複合基材の製造方法により製造された強化繊維複合基材。 A reinforcing fiber composite substrate produced by the method for producing a reinforcing fiber composite substrate described in claim 9. 請求項10に記載の強化繊維複合基材を成形した、成形品。 A molded article formed from the reinforcing fiber composite substrate described in claim 10. 航空機構造部材である請求項11に記載の成形品。 The molded article according to claim 11, which is an aircraft structural component.
PCT/JP2025/001393 2024-01-30 2025-01-17 Polyarylene sulfide copolymer particles and method for producing same Pending WO2025164375A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2024011433 2024-01-30
JP2024-011433 2024-01-30

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2025164375A1 true WO2025164375A1 (en) 2025-08-07

Family

ID=96590025

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/JP2025/001393 Pending WO2025164375A1 (en) 2024-01-30 2025-01-17 Polyarylene sulfide copolymer particles and method for producing same

Country Status (1)

Country Link
WO (1) WO2025164375A1 (en)

Citations (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JPH10273594A (en) * 1997-03-28 1998-10-13 Dainippon Ink & Chem Inc Polyphenylene sulfide spherical fine powder and method for producing the same
WO2015098654A1 (en) * 2013-12-25 2015-07-02 東レ株式会社 Polyphenylene sulfide microparticles
CN105585712A (en) * 2014-10-23 2016-05-18 中国石油化工股份有限公司 Polyphenylene sulfide microspheres as well as preparation method and application thereof
WO2019151288A1 (en) * 2018-01-31 2019-08-08 東レ株式会社 Polyarylene sulfide copolymer and method for producing same
WO2021020334A1 (en) * 2019-07-31 2021-02-04 東レ株式会社 Fiber-reinforced polyarylene sulfide copolymer composite substrate, method for manufacturing same, and molded article including same
CN114824259A (en) * 2021-01-27 2022-07-29 郑州宇通集团有限公司 Lithium ion battery composite positive plate, preparation method thereof and lithium ion battery

Patent Citations (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JPH10273594A (en) * 1997-03-28 1998-10-13 Dainippon Ink & Chem Inc Polyphenylene sulfide spherical fine powder and method for producing the same
WO2015098654A1 (en) * 2013-12-25 2015-07-02 東レ株式会社 Polyphenylene sulfide microparticles
CN105585712A (en) * 2014-10-23 2016-05-18 中国石油化工股份有限公司 Polyphenylene sulfide microspheres as well as preparation method and application thereof
WO2019151288A1 (en) * 2018-01-31 2019-08-08 東レ株式会社 Polyarylene sulfide copolymer and method for producing same
WO2021020334A1 (en) * 2019-07-31 2021-02-04 東レ株式会社 Fiber-reinforced polyarylene sulfide copolymer composite substrate, method for manufacturing same, and molded article including same
CN114824259A (en) * 2021-01-27 2022-07-29 郑州宇通集团有限公司 Lithium ion battery composite positive plate, preparation method thereof and lithium ion battery

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
JP4994997B2 (en) Process for producing polyarylene sulfide
CN101437880B (en) Biaxially oriented polyarylene sulfide film
JP5310326B2 (en) Polyphenylene sulfide resin composition and method for producing the same
CN105793332B (en) Polyphenylene sulfide particulate
WO2007108384A1 (en) Polyphenylene sulfide resin composition, process for producing the same, and molded article
JP6658960B2 (en) Polyarylene sulfide copolymer and method for producing the same
CN104011137A (en) Polyphenylene sulfide resin composition, method for producing same and reflective plate
JP2018009148A (en) Method for producing polyarylene sulfide resin composition
WO2020196273A1 (en) Polyphenylene sulfide resin composition and molded article
JP2008201885A (en) Polyphenylenesulfide film
JP2019119810A (en) Polyphenylene sulfide resin composition and manufacturing method therefor
WO2025164375A1 (en) Polyarylene sulfide copolymer particles and method for producing same
JP2011168637A (en) Low-swelling resin molded item having welded part
JP2010007014A (en) Polyphenylene sulfide resin composition
JP2022109212A (en) Polyphenylene sulfide resin composition and compact
CN115989267B (en) Method for producing polyarylene sulfide, method for producing polyarylene sulfide copolymer, and polyarylene sulfide
JP7347682B2 (en) Method for improving quality of polyarylene sulfide and method for producing polyarylene sulfide resin composition
JP2019031589A (en) Polyarylene sulfide resin composition, and article made thereof
JP2024019036A (en) Polyarylene sulfide copolymer particulate and method for producing the same, and dispersion liquid of polyarylene sulfide copolymer particulate
JP5673807B2 (en) Method for producing polyarylene sulfide, cyclic polyarylene sulfide pellets and method for producing the same
JP2005232254A (en) Polyarylene sulfide resin and extruded molding artice
JP2025017392A (en) Polyarylene sulfide resin composition and molded article
JP4983295B2 (en) Polyphenylene sulfide rotational molding method and rotational molded body thereof.
JP2023146217A (en) Polyarylene sulfide copolymer and method for producing the same, and polyarylene sulfide copolymer composition
JP2008208177A (en) Polyphenylene sulfide blow molded product

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 25748371

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1